WO2010147947A2 - NOVEL [3,2-c] HETEROARYL STEROIDS AS GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR AGONISTS, COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF - Google Patents

NOVEL [3,2-c] HETEROARYL STEROIDS AS GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR AGONISTS, COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010147947A2
WO2010147947A2 PCT/US2010/038619 US2010038619W WO2010147947A2 WO 2010147947 A2 WO2010147947 A2 WO 2010147947A2 US 2010038619 W US2010038619 W US 2010038619W WO 2010147947 A2 WO2010147947 A2 WO 2010147947A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
alkyl
compound
aryl
heteroaryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2010/038619
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2010147947A3 (en
Inventor
Purakkattle J. Biju
Michael Y. Berlin
Yeon-Hee Lim
Rema D. Bitar
Kevin D. Mccormick
Robert G. Aslanian
Yoon Joo Lee
Junying Zheng
Ying Huang
Walter Won
Original Assignee
Schering Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Schering Corporation filed Critical Schering Corporation
Priority to AU2010260177A priority Critical patent/AU2010260177A1/en
Priority to MX2011013679A priority patent/MX2011013679A/en
Priority to JP2012516192A priority patent/JP2012530140A/en
Priority to EP10727310A priority patent/EP2443134A2/en
Priority to CA2764830A priority patent/CA2764830A1/en
Priority to CN2010800266753A priority patent/CN102834406A/en
Priority to US13/378,893 priority patent/US20120171126A1/en
Publication of WO2010147947A2 publication Critical patent/WO2010147947A2/en
Publication of WO2010147947A3 publication Critical patent/WO2010147947A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07JSTEROIDS
    • C07J71/00Steroids in which the cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton is condensed with a heterocyclic ring
    • C07J71/0036Nitrogen-containing hetero ring
    • C07J71/0042Nitrogen only
    • C07J71/0047Nitrogen only at position 2(3)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08Bronchodilators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04Antipruritics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/04Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/38Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
    • A61P5/44Glucocorticosteroids; Drugs increasing or potentiating the activity of glucocorticosteroids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07JSTEROIDS
    • C07J71/00Steroids in which the cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton is condensed with a heterocyclic ring
    • C07J71/0036Nitrogen-containing hetero ring
    • C07J71/0057Nitrogen and oxygen
    • C07J71/0063Nitrogen and oxygen at position 2(3)

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel A-ring modified derivatives that are agonists of the glucocorticoid receptor and methods for their preparation.
  • the present invention also relates to pharmaceutical formulations comprising the compounds of the invention as well as to their use in the treatment of disease states involving inflammation and allergic conditions.
  • the compounds of the invention exhibit "dissociated" properties; i.e., the metabolic effects, which are associated with adverse side effects, are dissociated from the anti-inflammatory and anti-allergic effects, thereby providing glucocorticoid receptor agonists that exhibit desirable therapeutic profiles.
  • the glucocorticoid receptor is part of the family of nuclear receptors.
  • the receptor is a nuclear transcription factor that when bound to a ligand promotes or suppresses the transcription of genes.
  • Glucocorticoid receptor agonists occur naturally or may be prepared synthetically. Examples of synthetic glucocorticoid receptor agonists include prednisolone and dexamethasone.
  • Glucocorticoid receptor agonists possess valuable anti-inflammatory properties and have found widespread use in the art in controlling wide range of allergic and inflammatory conditions, such as asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, eczema, psoriasis and others (see, for example, Barnes, P. "Corticosteroids: The drugs to beat" European Journal of Pharmacology 2006, 533, p. 2-14).
  • glucocorticoids analogues are well known in this art.
  • WO 1999/041256 describes glucocorticoids selective anti-inflammatory agents of nonsteroidal nature.
  • GB 2,018,256, US Patent 3,989,686, US Patent 4,263,289, and EP 0004 773 describe 17 thiocarboxylic acid steroid derivatives.
  • WO 1997/23565 describes lactone derivatives of 17- ⁇ -carboxy, carboxythio, and amide andronstane derivative with anti-inflammatory or anti-allergic properties.
  • WO 2006/043015 reports that the 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-11 ⁇ -hydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxo-17 ⁇ -pro-pionyloxy-androsta-1 ,4- diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-3-yl)ester of the formula:
  • US Patent 5,420,120 also discloses 21 -substituted thioether glucocorticoid steroid derivatives similar to those disclosed in US Patent 4,861 ,767; these compounds are said to be effective topical anti-inflammatory agents for the treatment of ophthalmic inflammatory disorders.
  • Other C21- substituted thioether derivatives are disclosed in WO 1997/24367, US 3,687,942 and S. Wu er a/., Ann. ChIm. Acta, vol 268, pp. 255-260 (1992).
  • DE2021 1718 discloses C21 -substituted phenyl ether steroid derivatives.
  • WO95/18621 discloses steroids, including 6alpha,9alpha-fluoro-11 beta, 17- dihydroxy-16alpha-methyl-pregna-1 ,4-diene-3-one-17-carboxylic acid and related compounds. According to the description, the steroids disclosed in WO95/18621 have angiostatic activity and reduced glucocorticoid activity.
  • One such compound exemplified (in example 23) in WO95/18621 has the following structure:
  • A-ring modified steroid derivatives are also known in the art. See, e.g., AIi, Amjad, et al., "Novel N-Aryl pyrazolo [3,2-c]-Based Ligands for the
  • the present invention provides novel steroid compounds, as described herein, which exhibit good pharmacological (e.g., glucocorticoid) activity. Such compounds may be referred to herein as "compound(s) of the invention.”
  • the compounds of the invention exhibit desirable pharmacological activity, such as anti-inflammatory activity and antiallergenic activity.
  • the compounds of the invention exhibit desirable pharmacological activity, such as anti-inflammatory activity and antiallergenic activity and reduced side effect activity typically associated with standard long- term steroidal treatments.
  • Such side effect activity typically associated with standard long-term steroidal treatments include interference with carbohydrate metabolism, inappropriate calcium resorption, suppression of endogenous corticosteroids, and/or suppression of the pituitary, adrenal cortex and/or thymus gland function.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (I):
  • ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing from 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein each said ring heteroatom is independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S; the dotted line at z represents an optional single or double bond;
  • L is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of
  • G is N or CH and n is an integer from O to 2, with the proviso that when n is O, G is CH, or, alternatively, -L- is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 S-, -S-, -CH 2 -, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -SCH 2 -, -CH 2 -S-CH 2 -C(O)-NH-, -CH 2 -OC(O)-NH-, -CH 2 S(O)-, -CH 2 S(O) 2 -, -NR 11 -, -N(R 11 )-C(O)-, -N(R 11 )-S(O)-, -N(R 11 )-S(O) 2 -, -NR 11 O-, -CH 2 N(R 11 )-, -CH 2 -N(R 11 J-C(O)
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of -CN, alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl-, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl-, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl-, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl-, benzofused heterocycloalken
  • each said R 1 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy-, hydroxyalkyl-, heteroalkyl, cyanoalkyl-, alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted -O-aryl, optionally substituted -O-alkyl-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted arylalkyl-, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl-, optionally substituted -O-heterocycloalkyl, -N(R 7 ) 2 , -alkylN(R 7 ) 2 , -NC(O
  • each said benzofused R 1 group is optionally further fused to another ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkenyl, and wherein the alkyl- portion of said arylalkyl-, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenylalkyl- of R 1 is optionally substituted with one or
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, and alkyl; or R 2 and R 3 are taken together to form a moiety of formula 2:
  • X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl of X and Y is optionally independently unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -N(R 7 ) 2) and -CN,
  • X and Y of formula 2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a 3 to 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -N(R 7 ) 2 and -CN,
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, and alkyl
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, -O-heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalky
  • R 8 selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alky!, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, -C(O)R 9 , and -C(O)NHR 9 ; each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -N(R 7 ), and -CN; each R 10 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; and each R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
  • pharmaceutical formulations or compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of the compounds of the invention, and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also are provided.
  • pharmaceutical formulations or compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of the inventive compounds (and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier together with one or more additional active ingredients are also contemplated.
  • the present invention provides methods of treating inflammatory diseases and conditions, such methods comprising administering at least one compound or composition of the invention to a patient in need thereof.
  • the present invention provides methods for the treatment of inflammatory diseases and conditions in a patient in need thereof, wherein the anti-inflammatory properties are dissociated from the systemic side- effects which comprises administering to said patient a dissociated steroid compound of the invention.
  • variable "-L-" when present in the various generic formulas depicting compounds of the invention, is shown as a divalent moiety. It shall be understood that the various moieties within the definitions of L, throughout the description and claims, are to be read from left to right as written, such that the point of attachment of the left-most bond of L is to the rest of the compound, and the point of attachment of the right-most bond of L as written is understood to be R 1 .
  • R 1 the point of attachment of -L- are understood to be as follows: "rest of molecule"-CH 2 -S-R 1 .
  • Patient includes both human and animals.
  • “Mammal” means humans and other mammalian animals.
  • Halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
  • Alkyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. "Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched.
  • Alkyl may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being as described herein or independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, spirocycloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, -NH(alkyl), -NH(cycloalkyl), -N(alkyl) 2 , -O-C(O)-alkyl, -O-C(O)-aryl, -O- C(O)-cycloalkyl, carboxy and -C(O)O-alkyl.
  • suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
  • Haloalkyl means an alkyl as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl is replaced by a halo group defined above.
  • Heteroalkyl means an alkyl moiety as defined above, having one or more carbon atoms, for example one, two or three carbon atoms, replaced with one or more heteroatoms, which may be the same or different, where the point of attachment to the remainder of the molecule is through a carbon atom of the heteroalkyl radical. Suitable such heteroatoms include O, S, and N. Non-limiting examples include ethers, thioethers, amines, hydroxymethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 1 ,2-dihydroxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl, and the like.
  • Alkenyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain.
  • “Lower alkenyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched.
  • alkenyl may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl. aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkoxy and -S(alkyl).
  • suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.
  • Alkylene means a difunctional group obtained by removal of a hydrogen atom from an alkyl group that is defined above.
  • Non-limiting examples of alkylene include methylene, ethylene and propylene. More generally, the suffix "ene” on alkyl, aryl, hetercycloalkyl, etc. indicates a divalent moiety, e.g., -CH 2 CH 2 - is ethylene, and is para-phenylene.
  • Alkynyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain.
  • “Lower alkynyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched.
  • alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl and 3-methylbutynyl.
  • Alkynyl may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and cycloalkyl.
  • Alkenylene means a difunctional group obtained by removal of a hydrogen from an alkenyl group that is defined above.
  • Aryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
  • suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.
  • Heteroaryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms.
  • the "heteroaryl” can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom.
  • heteroaryl may also include a heteroaryl as defined above fused to an aryl as defined above.
  • suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1 -b]thiazolyl,
  • Cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
  • suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1 -decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl include the following:
  • Cycloalkenyl means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms.
  • the cycloalkenyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above.
  • suitable monocyclic cycloalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohepta-1 ,3-dienyl, and the like.
  • Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl, as well as unsaturated moieties of the examples shown above for cycloalkyl.
  • Heterocycloalkyl (or “heterocyclyl”) means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system.
  • Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom.
  • Any -NH in a heterocyclyl ring may exist protected such as, for example, as an -N(Boc), -N(CBz), -N(Tos) group and the like; such protections are also considered part of this invention.
  • the heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
  • the nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide.
  • oxide when it appears in a definition of a variable in a general structure described herein, refers to the corresponding N-oxide, S- oxide, or S,S-dioxide.
  • suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1 ,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and the like.
  • Example of such moiety is pyrrolidone:
  • Heterocycloalkenyl (or “heterocyclenyl”) means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, alone or in combination, and which contains at least one carbon- carbon double bond or carbon-nitrogen double bond. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system.
  • Preferred heterocyclenyl rings contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclenyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom.
  • the heterocyclenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more ring system substituents, wherein "ring system substituent" is as defined above.
  • the nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclenyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable heterocyclenyl groups include 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,2-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,4-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2- imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and the like.
  • Example of such moiety is pyrrolidinone:
  • hetero-atom containing ring systems of this invention there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N, O or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent to another heteroatom.
  • N, O or S there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N, O or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent to another heteroatom.
  • Arylcycloalkyl (or “arylfused cycloalkyl”) means a group derived from a fused aryl and cycloalkyl as defined herein.
  • Preferred arylcycloalkyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl (which may be referred to as “benzofused") and cycloalkyl consists of about 5 to about 6 ring atoms.
  • the arylcycloalkyl can be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • suitable arylcycloalkyls include indanyl (a benzofused cycloalkyl) and 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthyl and the like.
  • Arylheterocycloalkyl (or “arylfused heterocycloalkyl”) means a group derived from a fused aryl and heterocycloalkyl as defined herein.
  • Preferred arylcycloalkyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl (which may be referred to as "benzofused") and heterocycloalkyl consists of about 5 to about 6 ring atoms.
  • the arylheterocycloalkyl can be optionally substituted, and/or contain the oxide or oxo, as described herein.
  • suitable arylfused heterocycloalkyls include:
  • Aralkyl or “arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2- phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. The term (and similar terms) may be written as "arylalkyl-" to indicate the point of attachment to the parent moiety.
  • heteroarylalkyl means a heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, etc. as described herein bound to a parent moiety through an alkyl group.
  • Preferred groups contain a lower alkyl group.
  • Such alkyl groups may be straight or branched, unsubstituted and/or substituted as described herein.
  • arylfused arylalkyl- means an arylfused aryl group, arylfused cycloalkyl group, etc. linked to a parent moiety through an alkyl group.
  • Preferred groups contain a lower alkyl group.
  • alkyl groups may be straight or branched, unsubstituted and/or substituted as described herein.
  • Alkylaryl means an alkyl-aryl- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non- limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.
  • Cycloalkylether means a non-aromatic ring of 3 to 7 members comprising an oxygen atom and 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Ring carbon atoms can be substituted, provided that substituents adjacent to the ring oxygen do not include halo or substituents joined to the ring through an oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl means a cycloalkyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
  • suitable cycloalkylalkyls include cyclohexylmethyl, adamantylmethyl, adamantylpropyl, and the like.
  • Cycloalkenylalkyl means a cycloalkenyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
  • suitable cycloalkenylalkyls include cyclopentenylmethyl, cyclohexenylmethyl and the like.
  • Heteroarylalkyl means a heteroaryl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
  • suitable heteroaryls include 2-pyridinylmethyl, quinolinylmethyl and the like.
  • Heterocyclylalkyl (or “heterocycloalkylalkyl) means a heterocyclyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
  • suitable heterocyclylalkyls include piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl and the like.
  • Heterocyclenylalkyl means a heterocyclenyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
  • Alkynylalkyl means an alkynyl-alkyl- group in which the alkynyl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred alkynylalkyls contain a lower alkynyl and a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynylalkyl groups include propargylmethyl.
  • Heteroaralkyl means a heteroaryl-alkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyls contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include pyridylmethyl, and quinolin-3-ylmethyl.
  • Hydroxyalkyl means a HO-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.
  • Cyanoaikyl means a CN-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred cyanalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable cyanoaikyl groups include cyanomethyl and 2-cyanoethyl.
  • acyl means an H-C(O)-, alkyl-C(O)- or cycloalkyl-C(O)-, group in which the various groups are as previously described.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl.
  • suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl and propanoyl.
  • Aroyl means an aryl-C(O)- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • suitable groups include benzoyl and 1- naphthoyl.
  • Alkoxy means an alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described.
  • suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Alkyoxyalkyl means a group derived from an alkoxy and alkyl as defined herein. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
  • Aryloxy means an aryl-O- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Alkyloxy means an aralkyl-O- group (an arylaklyl-O- group) in which the aralkyl group is as previously described.
  • suitable aralkyloxy groups include benzyloxy and 1 - or 2- naphthalenemethoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Arylalkenyl means a group derived from an aryl and alkenyl as defined herein. Preferred arylalkenyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and the alkenyl consists of about 3 to about 6 atoms. The arylalkenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R 27 substituents. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.
  • Arylalkynyl means a group derived from a aryl and alkenyl as defined herein. Preferred aryialkynyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and the alkynyl consists of about 3 to about 6 atoms. The arylalkynyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R 27 substituents. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.
  • Alkylthio means an alkyl-S- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described.
  • suitable aikylthio groups include methylthio and ethylthio.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
  • Arylthio means an aryl-S- group in which the aryl group is as previously described.
  • suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio and naphthylthio.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
  • Alkylthio means an aralkyl-S- group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described.
  • Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkylthio group is benzylthio.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
  • Alkoxycarbonyl means an alkyl-O-CO- group. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Aryloxycarbonyl means an aryl-O-C(O)- group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl and naphthoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Alkoxycarbonyl means an aralkyl-O-C(O)- group.
  • a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Alkylsulfonyl means an alkyl-S(O 2 )- group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
  • Arylsulfonyl means an aryl-S(O 2 )- group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
  • “Spriocycloalkyl” means a cycloalkyl group attached to a parent moiety at a single carbon atom.
  • Non-limiting examples of spirocycloalkyl wherein the parent moiety is a cycloalkyl include spiro [2.5] octane, spiro [2.4] heptane, etc.
  • Non-limiting spirocycloalkyl groups include spirocyclopropyl, spriorcyclobutyl, spirocycloheptyl, and spirocyclohexyl.
  • substituted means that one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existing circumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
  • stable compound' or stable structure it is meant a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • Substitution on a cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylfused cycloalkylalkyl- moiety or the like includes substitution on any ring portion and/or on the alkyl portion of the group.
  • Compound(s) of the invention refers, individually and/or collectively, to the inventive compounds encompassed by the general Formulas (I)-(VI) and (VIII), and the various embodiments described therein or the individual compounds encompassed thereby.
  • Ring system substituent means a substituent attached to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring system which, for example, replaces an available hydrogen on the ring system.
  • Ring system substituents may be the same or different, each being as described herein or independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, alkylheteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, acyl, aroyl, halo, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, -0-
  • Ring substituent may also mean a single moiety which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbon atoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system.
  • moieties are rings such as heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkenyl rings. Additional non-limiting examples include methylene dioxy, ethylenedioxy, - C(CH 3 ) 2 - and the like which form moieties such as, for example:
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • the line -— as a bond generally indicates a mixture of, or either of, the possible isomers, e.g., containing (R)- and (S)- stereochemistry.
  • the possible isomers e.g., containing (R)- and (S)- stereochemistry.
  • the wavy line 1W ⁇ indicates a point of attachment to the rest of the compound.
  • Oxo is defined as a oxygen atom that is double bonded to a ring carbon in a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyl, or other ring described herein, e.g.,
  • carbon atoms for compounds of the invention may be replaced with 1 to 3 silicon atoms so long as all valency requirements are satisfied.
  • purified represents The term “purified”, “in purified form” or “in isolated and purified form” for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being isolated from a synthetic process (e.g. from a reaction mixture), or natural source or combination thereof.
  • purified refers to the physical state of said compound after being obtained from a purification process or processes described herein or well known to the skilled artisan (e.g., chromatography, recrystallization and the like) in sufficient purity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques described herein or well known to the skilled artisan.
  • any carbon as well as heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and Tables herein is assumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy the valences.
  • a functional group in a compound is termed "protected”
  • Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W. Greene etal, Protective Groups in organic Synthesis (1991 ), Wiley, New York.
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press.
  • prodrug means a compound (e.g, a drug precursor) that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound.
  • the transformation may occur by various mechanisms (e.g., by metabolic or chemical processes), such as, for example, through hydrolysis in blood, in the gastrointestinal tract, or in the lungs.
  • a discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
  • a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as, for example, (Ci- C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -Ci 2)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1 -(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1 -methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 - (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1 -methyl-1 - (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N- (alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1 -(
  • alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4- crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N-(CrC 2 )alkylamino(C 2 -C 3 )alkyl (such as ⁇ -dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(C r C 2 )alkyl, N,N-di (d- C 2 )alkylcarbamoyl-(C1 -C2)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidine- or morpholino(C 2 - C 3 )alkyl, and the like.
  • a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as, for example, (CrC 6 )alkanoyloxymethyl, 1- ((Ci-C 6 )alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1 -methyl-1 -((C r C 6 )alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (Cr C 6 )alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(Ci -C 6 )alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (Ci-Ce)alkanoyl, ⁇ -amino(CrC4)alkanyl, arylacyl and ⁇ -aminoacyl, or ⁇ - aminoacyl- ⁇ -aminoacyl, where each ⁇ -aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(O)(OH) 2 , -P(O)
  • Compounds of the invention contain a hydroxyl group at the C-11 position.
  • 11 -keto prodrugs of any of the compounds of the invention may be obtained by conversion of the starting core moiety from the C-11 hydroxy to the corresponding C-11 keto compound, then following the procedures described herein. Examples of prodrugs of the compounds of the invention are shown in Table 5 below.
  • a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as, for example, R-carbonyl, RO-carbonyl, NRR'- carbonyl where R and R' are each independently (C 1 -Ci O )alkyl, (C 3 -C 7 ) cycloalkyl, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural ⁇ -aminoacyl or natural ⁇ -aminoacyl, -C(OH)C(O)OY 1 wherein Y 1 is H, (C r C 6 )alkyl or benzyl, — C(OY 2 )Y 3 wherein Y 2 is (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl and Y 3 is (C r C 6 )alkyl, carboxy (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, amino(CrC 4 )alkyl or mono-N— or di-
  • One or more compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms.
  • “Solvate” means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. "Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like.
  • “Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H 2 O.
  • One or more compounds of the invention may optionally be converted to a solvate.
  • Preparation of solvates is generally known.
  • M. Caira et al, J. Pharmaceutical Sci., 93(3). 601-611 (2004) describe the preparation of the solvates of the antifungal fluconazole in ethyl acetate as well as from water. Similar preparations of solvates, hemisolvate, hydrates and the like are described by E. C. van Tonder et al, AAPS PharmSciTech., 5[H, article 12 (2004); and A. L Bingham et al, Chem. Commun., 603-604 (2001).
  • a typical, non-limiting, process involves dissolving the inventive compound in desired amounts of the desired solvent (organic or water or mixtures thereof) at a higher than ambient temperature, and cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to form crystals which are then isolated by standard methods.
  • Analytical techniques such as, for example I. R. spectroscopy, show the presence of the solvent (or water) in the crystals as a solvate (or hydrate).
  • Effective amount or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting the above-noted diseases and thus producing the desired therapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative effect.
  • salts can form salts which are also within the scope of this invention.
  • Reference to a compound of the invention herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated.
  • a compound of the invention contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions ("inner salts”) may be formed and are included within the term "salt(s)" as used herein.
  • Salts of the compounds of the invention may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of the invention with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
  • Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, ascorbates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, fumarates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, naphthalenesulfonates, nitrates, oxalates, phosphates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) and the like.
  • Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as dicyclohexylamines, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like.
  • Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g.
  • dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutyl sulfates dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutyl sulfates
  • long chain halides e.g. decyl, lauryl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides
  • aralkyl halides e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides
  • esters of the present compounds include the following groups: (1 ) carboxylic acid esters obtained by esterification of the hydroxy groups, in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the carboxylic acid portion of the ester grouping is selected from straight or branched chain alkyl (for example, acetyl, n-propyl, t-butyl, or n-butyl), alkoxyalkyl (for example, methoxymethyl), aralkyl (for example, benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (for example, phenoxymethyl), aryl (for example, phenyl optionally substituted with, for example, halogen, Ci-4alkyl, or Ci- 4 alkoxy or amino); (2) sulfonate esters, such as alkyl- or aralkylsulfonyl (for example, methanesulfonyl); (3) amino acid esters (for example, L-valyl or L-isoleucyl); (4)
  • the compounds of the invention may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and, therefore, exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the invention as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention.
  • the present invention embraces all geometric and positional isomers. For example, if a compound of the invention incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention.
  • Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods well known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization.
  • Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride), separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers.
  • an appropriate optically active compound e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride
  • converting e.g., hydrolyzing
  • some of the compounds of the invention may be atropisomers (e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of this invention.
  • Enantiomers can also
  • the compounds of the invention may exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the invention.
  • all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention.
  • All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds including those of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts, solvates and esters of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention, as are positional isomers (such as, for example, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyl).
  • Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers.
  • the chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations.
  • the use of the terms "salt”, “solvate”, “ester”, “prodrug” and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate, ester and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, positional isomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.
  • the present invention also embraces isotopically-labelled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 0, 17 O, 31 P 1 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, and 36 CI, respectively.
  • Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of the invention are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3 H) and carbon- 14 (i.e., 14 C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability.
  • lsotopically labelled compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples hereinbelow, by substituting an appropriate isotopically labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.
  • Polymorphic forms of the compounds of the invention, and of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds of the invention, are intended to be included in the present invention.
  • pharmaceutical composition is also intended to encompass both the bulk composition and individual dosage units comprised of more than one (e.g., two or more) pharmaceutically active agents such as, for example, a compound of the present invention and an additional agent selected from the lists of the additional agents described herein, along with any pharmaceutically inactive excipients.
  • the bulk composition and each individual dosage unit can contain fixed amounts of the afore-said "more than one pharmaceutically active agents”.
  • the bulk composition is material that has not yet been formed into individual dosage units.
  • An illustrative dosage unit is an oral dosage unit such as tablets, pills, aerosols and other forms suitable for inhalation, and the like.
  • the herein-described method of treating a patient by administering a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also intended to encompass the administration of the afore-said bulk composition and individual dosage units.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (I) as described above and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, and isomers of said compounds.
  • ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 1 ring heteroatom, wherein said ring heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.
  • ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 1 ring heteroatom, wherein said ring heteroatom is N.
  • ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 1 ring heteroatom, wherein said ring heteroatom is O. In one embodiment, in Formula (I), ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 1 ring heteroatom, wherein said ring heteroatom is S.
  • ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein each said ring heteroatom is independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.
  • ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 2 ring nitrogen atoms.
  • ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one said ring heteroatom is N and the other said ring heteroatom is O.
  • ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one said ring heteroatom is N and the other said ring heteroatom is S.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (N-A):
  • z is a single bond.
  • z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A1):
  • z is a single bond.
  • z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A2): and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond, and wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • z is a single bond.
  • z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A2.1 ):
  • R 100 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl-, and heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, wherein each said R 100 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, -CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl and heteroaryl; and R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or, alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2.1), z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A2.2):
  • R 100 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl-, and heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, wherein each said R 100 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl and heteroaryl;
  • R 21 and R 22 is hydrogen and the other is selected from the group consisting of C r C 2 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, fluorine, and hydroxyl; and R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or, alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2.2), z is a double bond.
  • one of R 21 and R 22 is hydrogen and the other is selected from the group consisting of methyl and -CF 3 .
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A2.3): and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond; R 100 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl-, and heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, wherein each said R 100 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl and heteroaryl; and
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2.3), z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A3):
  • z represents an optional single or double bond
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • z is a single bond.
  • z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A4):
  • n is 0 or 1 ; and z represents an optional single or double bond;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • z is a single bond.
  • z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (M-B):
  • z represents an optional single or double bond
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • z is a single bond.
  • z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-C):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (II-C), z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (III):
  • z represents an optional single or double bond
  • L, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • z is a single bond.
  • z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (IV):
  • z represents an optional single or double bond
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • z is a single bond.
  • z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (V):
  • z represents an optional single or double bond
  • R j12 and R i13 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are shown attached to form a 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, a 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkyl- ring, or a 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkenyl- ring, wherein each said 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkyl ring, and said 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkenyl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents, which may be the same or different, independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, haloalkyl, -al
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • rings represented by -NR 11 R 12 are selected from the group consisting of:
  • z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (V), z is a double bond.
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (Vl): and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein:
  • R 1 is cycloalkyl which is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 groups, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, haloalkyl, -alkyl-CN, alkoxy, spirocycloalkyl, aryl, halo-substituted aryl, -O-aryl, -O-alkyl-aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl-, arylalkoxy, haloalkoxy, -N(R 7 ) 2 , -alkylN(R 7 ) 2 , -NC(O)R 7 , -CO 2 R 7 , -SO 2 R 7 , and -SO 2 N(R 7 ) 2 ;
  • Z represents an optional single or double bond
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
  • Formula (Vl) 1 -L-R 1 is selected from the group
  • z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (Vl), z is a double bond. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-B), (II-C), (III), and (IV):
  • L is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of
  • G is N or CH and n is an integer from 0 to 2, with the proviso that when n is 0, G is CH.
  • L is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -CH 2 S-, -SCH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -CH 2 -S-CH 2 -C(O)-NH-, -CH 2 O-, -CH 2 -OC(O)-NH-, -CH 2 S(O)-, -CH 2 S(O) 2 -, -NR 11 -, -N(R 11 )-C(O)-, -N(R 11 )-S(O)-, -N(R 11 J-S(O) 2 -, -NR 11 O-, -CH 2 N(R 11 )-, -CH 2 -N(R 1 VC(O)-, -CH 2 -N(R 11 )-C(O)-N(R 11 )-, -CHCH 2 N(R 11 )-, -CH 2 -N(R 1 VC(O)-, -CH 2 -N(R 11
  • -L- is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 S-, -S-, -CH 2 -, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -SCH 2 -, and-NR 11 -.
  • -L- is -CH 2 S-.
  • -L- is -S-.
  • -L- is -CH 2 -.
  • -L- is -OCH 2 -.
  • -L- is , -SCH 2 -.
  • -L- is , and-NR 11 -, wherein R 11 is selected from the group consisting of methyl and ethyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of -CN, (C r C 6 ) alkyl, and (CrC 6 ) alkynyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl, phenylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused phenyl, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7- membered cycloalkylfused phenyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-member
  • each said R 1 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy-, hydroxyalkyl-, heteroalkyl, cyanoalkyl-, alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted -O-aryl, optionally substituted -O-alkyl-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted arylalkyl-, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl-, optionally substituted -O-heterocycloalkyl, -N(R 7 ) 2 , -alkylN(R 7 ) 2 , -NC(O
  • each said benzofused R 1 group is optionally further fused to another ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkenyl,
  • R 1 is alkyl.
  • R 1 when R 1 is alkyl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: lower alkyl.
  • Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl include methyl, ethyl, propyl ( ⁇ -propyl and /-propyl), butyl (/7-butyl, /-butyl, and f-butyl), pentyl (straight or branched), hexyl (straight or branched), octyl (straight or branched), and the like.
  • R 1 is alkynyl.
  • R 1 when R 1 is alkynyl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: lower alkynyl.
  • Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl include ethynyl, propynyl (straight or branched), butynyl (straight or branched), pentynyl (straight or branched), hexynyl (straight or branched), octynyl (straight or branched), and the like. In one such non-limiting
  • R 1 is
  • R 1 is aryl.
  • R 1 when R 1 is aryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include phenyl and naphthyl.
  • R 1 is arylalkyl-
  • R 1 when R 1 is arylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the aryl portion of arylalkyl- is selected from the group consisting o phenyl and naphthyl, and wherein the alkyl portion of said arylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), is selected from the group consisting of divalent lower alkyl.
  • Non-limiting examples of divalent lower alkyl include - methyl-, -ethyl-, -propyl- (n-propyl and /-propyl), -butyl- (n-butyl, /-butyl, and t- butyl), -pentyl- (straight or branched), -hexyl- (straight or branched), -octyl- (straight or branched), and the like.
  • R 1 is heteroaryl.
  • R 1 when R 1 is heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[
  • R 1 is heteroarylalkyl-.
  • Non-limiting examples of R 1 when R 1 is heteroarylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: those moieties wherein the heteroaryl portion of said heteroarylalkyl- is selected from heteroaryl as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said heteroarylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein.
  • the point of attachment of said R 1 to -L- is through the alkyl- group.
  • R 1 is cycloalkyl.
  • R 1 when R 1 is cycloalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adarnantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl are also described herein. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
  • R 1 is cycloalkylalkyl-.
  • R 1 when R 1 is cycloalkylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said cycloalkylalkyl- is selected a cycloalkyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said cycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R 1 to -L- is through the alkyl- group.
  • R 1 is cycloalkenyl.
  • R 1 when R 1 is cycloalkenyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include unsaturated versions of any of the following: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include unsaturated versions of any of the following: 1 -decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkenyl are also described herein.
  • R 1 is cycloalkenylalkyl-.
  • Non-limiting examples of R 1 when R 1 is cycloalkenylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the cycloalkenyl portion of said cycloalkenylalkyl- is selected a cycloalkenyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said cycloalkenylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R 1 to -L- is through the alkyl- group.
  • R 1 is heterocycloalkyl.
  • Non-limiting examples of R 1 when R 1 is heterocycloalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1 ,4- dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and oxides and oo-substituted versions thereof.
  • R 1 is heterocycloalkylalkyk
  • R 1 when R 1 is heterocycloalkylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include ), include those moieties wherein the heterocycloalkyl portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected a heterocycloalkyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R 1 to -L- is through the alkyl- group.
  • R 1 is heterocycloalkenyl.
  • Non-limiting examples of R 1 when R 1 is heterocycloalkenyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,2-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,4-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2- imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, dihydro
  • R 1 is heterocycloalkenylalkyk
  • R 1 when R 1 is heterocycloalkenylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the heterocycloalkenyl portion of said heterocycloalkenylalkyl- is selected a heterocycloalkenyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R 1 to -L- is through the alkyl- group.
  • R 1 comprises a multicyclic moiety wherein an aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl moiety (non-limiting examples of which are as described above) is fused to another moiety selected from the group consisting of aryl, arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenyl,
  • Non-limiting examples of R 1 when R 1 is benzofused 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include:
  • R 1 when R 1 is heteroarylfused 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R 7 ) as described herein), include:
  • R 1 when R 1 is heteroarylfused aryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R 7 ) as described herein), include:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • each said group R 1 is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, -CN, -N(R 11 ) 2 , alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl, heterocycloalkyl, and heteroaryl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: -CN and alkynyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 1 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, of R 1 is optionally substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C 3 ) alkyl, and
  • 6-membered heteroarylalkyl- 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylalkyl-,
  • R 1 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, of R 1 is optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected from the group consisting of spirocyclopropyl.
  • R 1 is unsubstituted.
  • R 1 is unsubstituted in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-I- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): R 1 is unsubstituted.
  • R 1 is unsubstituted.
  • R 1 is substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents.
  • R 1 is substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents.
  • R 1 is substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents.
  • R 1 is substituted with 1 substituent.
  • R 1 is substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, -N(R 11 ) 2 , alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted arylalkoxy.
  • R 2 is-OH.
  • R 3 is H.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of -OH and -OC(O)R 9 .
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of -OH and -OC(O)R 9 .
  • R 9 is substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents.
  • R 9 is substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents.
  • R 9 is substituted with 1 substituent.
  • R 9 is substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, and haloalkyl.
  • R 9 is unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 9 is unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 9 is unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkenyl.
  • R 9 is unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
  • R 2 is , wherein J is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, or the oxides thereof.
  • R 2 is
  • cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R 7 ) 2 ,
  • R 2 is: In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2),
  • cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R 7 ) 2 , and CN;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of
  • cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R 7 ) 2 , and CN;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of
  • R 2 is
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R 7 ) 2 , and CN;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H and methyl;
  • R 4 is alkyl; and
  • R 5 is alkyl.
  • R 2 is
  • R 3 is H.
  • R 2 is
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of
  • R 4 is halo; and R 5 is alkyl.
  • R 2 is
  • R 2 is
  • R 4 is alkyl
  • R 5 is halo.
  • R 2 is
  • R 2 is a
  • R 2 is
  • R 2 is and R 3 is methyl.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, and methyl.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl.
  • R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 is hydroxy.
  • R 3 is alkyl.
  • R 3 is methyl.
  • R 3 is ethyl.
  • R 3 is straight or branched propyl.
  • R 2 is -OR 8 , wherein R 8 is hydrogen, and R 3 is methyl.
  • R 2 is -OR 8 , wherein R 8 is hydrogen, and R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 and R 3 are taken together form a moiety of formula 2:
  • X and Y are each alkyl, In other such embodiments, X and Y are each methyl. In another such embodiment, X and Y are each ethyl. In another such embodiment, X is methyl and Y is ethyl. In another such embodiment, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, and cycloalkyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of methyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of ethyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of straight or branched propyl.
  • X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of straight or branched butyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl.
  • R 2 and R 3 are taken together form a moiety of formula:
  • R 2 and R 3 are taken together form a moiety of formula:
  • R 2 and R 3 are taken together form a moiety of formula:
  • R 2 and R 3 are taken together form a moiety selected from the group consisting of : , , and , w h here .in sa ,i H d cycloalkyl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R 7 ) 2) and CN.
  • R 2 and R 3 are taken together form a moiety of formula 3:
  • R 10 is H. In other such embodiments, R 10 is alkyl. in another such embodiment, R 10 is methyl. In other such embodiments, R 10 is ethyl. In other such embodiments, R 10 is straight or branched propyl.
  • R 4 is hydrogen.
  • R 4 is halogen.
  • R 4 is fluoro.
  • R 4 is chloro.
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
  • R 5 is methyl.
  • R 5 is ethyl
  • R 5 is straight or branched propyl.
  • R 5 is halogen.
  • R 5 is fluoro.
  • R 5 is chloro.
  • R 4 is hydrogen and R 5 is hydrogen.
  • R 4 is hydrogen and R 5 is halogen.
  • R 4 is hydrogen and R 5 is fluoro.
  • R 4 is hydrogen and R 5 is fluoro.
  • R 4 is hydrogen and R 5 is alkyl.
  • R 4 is hydrogen and R 5 is methyl.
  • R 4 is hydrogen and R 5 is ethyl.
  • R 4 is hydrogen and R 5 is straight or branched propyl.
  • R 4 is halogen and R 5 is hydrogen.
  • R 4 is halogen and R 5 is halogen.
  • R 4 is fluoro and R 5 is fluoro.
  • R 4 is halogen and R 5 is alkyl.
  • R 4 is halogen and R 5 is methyl.
  • R 4 is halogen and R 5 is ethyl.
  • R 4 is halogen and R 5 is straight or branched propyl.
  • R 4 is fluoro or chloro and R 5 is methyl.
  • R 4 is fluoro or chloro and R 5 is methyl.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, -O-heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalky
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, -O-heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN,
  • -alkyl-OH alkoxy, heteroalkyl, -O-heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalken
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, naphthyl, benzofused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R 6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S, and wherein each said R 6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R 7
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R 6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S, and wherein each said R 6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R 7 ).
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, haloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, benzofused 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, benzofused 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl, benzofused 5- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydropyran, and tetrahydrofuran, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R 6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S, and wherein each said R 6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN,
  • R 6 is alkyl (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein).
  • Non-limiting examples of R ⁇ when R 6 is alkyl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R 7 ) as described herein), include: lower alkyl.
  • Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl include methyl, ethyl, propyl (n- propyl and /-propyl), butyl ( ⁇ -butyl, /-butyl, and f-butyl), pentyl (straight or branched), hexyl (straight or branched), octyl (straight or branched), etc.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of -alkyl-CN and -alkyl-OH (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein).
  • Non-limiting examples of the alkyl portion of said -alkyl-CN and -alkyl-OH include Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl include methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl and /-propyl), butyl (n-butyl, /-butyl, and f-butyl), pentyl (straight or branched), hexyl (straight or branched), octyl (straight or branched), etc., as described above.
  • R 6 is alkoxy (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein).
  • Non-limiting examples of the alkyl portion of said alkoxy include methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl and /- propyl), butyl ( ⁇ -butyl, /-butyl, and f-butyl), pentyl (straight or branched), hexyl (straight or branched), octyl (straight or branched), etc., as described above.
  • R 6 is heteroalkyl (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein).
  • R 6 when R 6 is heteroalkyl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R 7 ) as described herein), include: ethers and thioethers and other heteroalkyl groups as described herein.
  • R 6 is -O-heteroalkyl (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein).
  • heteroalkyl portion of said -O-heteroalkyl include the heteroalkyl groups described above.
  • R 6 is haloalkyl (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein).
  • haloalkyl groups include those alkyl groups described above in which one or more available hydrogen atoms of said alkyl group is replaced with one or more halogen groups, respectively.
  • R 6 when R 6 is haloalkyl include -CF 3 , -CHF 2 , -CH 2 F, -CH 2 CF 3 , -CHFCF 3 , -CF 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CHFCH 2 F, -CF 2 CF 3 , etc.
  • R 6 is aryl (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein).
  • R 6 when R 6 is aryl (which may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein) include phenyl and naphthyl.
  • R 6 is arylalkyl- (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein).
  • Non-limiting examples of R 6 when R 6 is arylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the aryl portion of said arylalkyl- is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and wherein the alkyl portion of said arylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein) is selected from the group consisting of divalent lower alkyl.
  • Non-limiting examples of divalent lower alkyl include -methylene-, -ethylene-, -propylene- (straight or branched), -butylene- (straight or branched), -pentylene- (straight or branched), -hexylene- (straight or branched), -octylene- (straight or branched), etc., as described above.
  • R 6 is heteroaryl.
  • Non-limiting examples of R 6 when R 6 is heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, be
  • R 6 is heteroarylalkyk
  • R 6 when R 6 is heteroarylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: those moieties wherein the heteroaryl portion of said heteroarylalkyl- is selected from heteroaryl as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said heteroarylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R 6 to ring A is through the alkyl- group.
  • R 6 is cycloalkyl.
  • R 6 when R 6 is cycloalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl are also described herein.
  • R 6 is cycloalkylalkyl-.
  • Non-limiting examples of R 6 when R 6 is cycloalkylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said cycloalkylalkyl- is selected a cycloalkyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said cycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein.
  • the point of attachment of said R 6 to ring A is through the alkyl- group.
  • R 6 is cycloalkenyl.
  • R 6 when R 6 is cycloalkenyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include unsaturated versions of any of the following: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include unsaturated versions of any of the following: 1 -decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkenyl are also described herein.
  • R 6 is cycloalkenylalkyl-.
  • Non-limiting examples of R 6 when R 6 is cycloalkenylalkyl- include those moieties wherein the cycloalkenyl portion of said cycloalkenylalkyl- is selected a cycloalkenyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said cycloalkenylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein.
  • the point of attachment of said R 6 to ring A is through the alkyl- group.
  • R 1 is heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 6 when R 6 is heterocycloalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1 ,4- dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and oxides and oo-substituted versions thereof.
  • R 6 when R 6 is heterocycloalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1 ,4- dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and oxides and oo-
  • R 6 is heterocycloalkylalkyl-.
  • R 6 when R 6 is heterocycloalkylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include ), include those moieties wherein the heterocycloalkyl portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected a heterocycloalkyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R 6 to ring A is through the alkyl- group.
  • R 6 is heterocycloalkenyl.
  • Non-limiting examples of R 6 when R 6 is heterocycloalkenyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,2-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,4-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2- imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, dihydro
  • R 6 is heterocycloalkenylalkyk
  • R 6 when R 6 is heterocycloalkenylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the heterocycloalkenyl portion of said heterocycloalkenylalkyl- is selected a heterocycloalkenyl group as described herein, and wherein said alky!- portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R 6 to ring A is through the alkyl- group.
  • R 6 comprises a multicyclic moiety wherein an aryl (e.g., benzo), heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl moiety (each of which moieties may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein) (non-limiting examples of which multicyclic moieties are as described above) is fused to another moiety selected from the group consisting of aryl, arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenyl,
  • R 6 when R 6 is benzofused 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R 7 ) as described herein), include:
  • R 6 when R 6 is heteroarylfused 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R 7 ) as described herein), include:
  • Non-limiting examples of R 6 when R 6 is heteroarylfused aryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R 7 ) as described herein), include:
  • R 6 when R 6 is heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R 7 ) as described herein), include: pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1 ,2- a]pyr
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, haloalkyl, unsubstituted phenyl; phenyl substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkoxy; unsubstituted pyridyl; pyridyl substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkoxy; oxanyl; oxanyl substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkoxy; and unsubsituted and substituted benzofused heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of
  • substitutents are selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkoxy.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -((CrC 4 ) straight or
  • R 6 is H.
  • R 6 is -((Ci-C 6 ) straight or branched alkyl).
  • R 6 is methyl.
  • R 6 is f-butyl.
  • R 6 is haloalkyl (straight or branched).
  • R 6 is haloalkyl (straight or branched).
  • R 6 is -((CrC 4 ) straight or branched alkyl)-CN.
  • R 6 is -((C 1 -C 4 )straight or branched alkyl)-OH.
  • R 6 is in other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
  • the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A):
  • -L- is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 S-, -S-, -CH 2 -, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -SCH 2 -, and-NR 11 -;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of -OH and wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(FV) 2 , and CN;
  • R 3 is H
  • R 4 is H; R 5 is H; and
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -((CrC 4 ) straight or
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include the compounds of Tables 1 -5 shown in the preparative examples below and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, and isomers thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention can be prepared by a variety of methods well known to those skilled in the art, for example, by the methods as outlined below. The examples should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure. Alternative mechanistic pathways and analogous structures will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Generally, the compounds having the general structure shown in
  • Formula A can be prepared by the following procedure:
  • compounds of Formula C can be prepared by the following the procedure.
  • the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL x 2) and the combined organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl, NaHCO 3 , H 2 O and brine solution, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The resulting light yellow foam 14 was used for the next step without further purification.
  • the compounds of Formula D can be prepared by the following procedure:
  • the compounds of Formula E can be prepared by the following procedure:
  • Step 1 To a stirred solution of 18 (48.8 mg, 0.10 mmol) in 2-butanone (505 ⁇ L) was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 1.2 mg, 0.01 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, tripropylamine (59.2 ⁇ L, 0.30 mmol) was added and the resulting solution cooled to -5 °C. Neat 2-furoylchloride (14.7 ⁇ L, 0.15 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min at -5 °C ⁇ 0 °C.
  • DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
  • Step2 A solution of N-methylpiperazine (6.6 ⁇ L, 0.06 mmol) in H 2 O (500 ⁇ L) was added dripwise to the reaction mixture at -5 °C-O°C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min at -5 °C ⁇ 0°C.
  • Step 3 A solution of 2-(4-(bromomethyl)phenyl)pyridine (29.7 mg, 0.12 mmol) in 2-butanone (500 ⁇ L) was added at 0°C. The solution mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 hr at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate and the organic layer was washed with aq. 1 N HCl, H 2 O, sat. NaHCO3, H 2 O and brine solution, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (1/1 EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 38 mg (51 % for in-situ 3 step) of 5-1.
  • the compounds of Formula F can be prepared by the following procedure:
  • Glucocorticoid receptor competitor assay kits can be obtained under license from Invitrogen (product #P2893) and the protocol followed.
  • the assay is a competition binding assay, used to measure the affinity of test compound for the human glucocorticoid receptor. Affinity is measured based on the ability of test compounds to displace a fluorescent glucocorticoid. The presence of effective competitors prevents the formation of a fluorescent-labeled glucocorticoid to bind to the glucocorticoid receptor complex, resulting in a decrease of the polarization value. The shift in polarization value in the presence of test compounds is used to determine the relative affinity of test compounds for the glucocorticoid receptor.
  • Glucocorticoid Transrepression Assay Human Lung epithelial cell line NCI-H292 cells were dissociated from stock flask using 0.05% trypsin/0.53mM EDTA. Cells were suspended in complete medium and counted. Cells were plated in 96-well flat-bottom plates at 2OK cells /well in 0.2 ml/well. Plates were incubated for 24-48 hours until cells were between 75- 90% confluent. Medium was aspirated and replaced with medium containing various concentrations of steroids or antagonists. After 1 hour incubation at 37°, TNF ⁇ (10ng/ml final concentration in 0.2ml) was added and the cells incubated overnight.
  • Control wells with and without TNF were included on each plate, as well as wells with TNF in addition to a maximum (10 ⁇ M) concentration of dexamethasone.
  • the cell culture medium was sampled and IL-6 and IL-8 cytokine production was measured using the MSD Multi-Spot immunoassay.
  • Exemplary compounds of the invention that were tested in the assay exhibited IC 50 values according to the following ranges:
  • HeLa cells were stably transfected with a human glucocorticoid response element coupled with a luciferase reporter gene.
  • Nondissociated glucocorticoids dexamethasone and fluticasone propionate exhibited EMAX values in this assay of 100% and 99% respectively.
  • the compounds of the invention are beneficial, inter alia, their ability to bind glucocorticoid receptor and to illicit a response via that receptor.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful wherever glucocorticoid agonists are useful.
  • Such uses include, but are not limited to, the treatment of any diseases, conditions, or disorders for which steroids (or other glucocorticoid agonists) are believed useful, including a wide range of immune, autoimmune, and/or inflammatory diseases and conditions.
  • Ex vivo use e.g., as test instruments, is also contemplated.
  • the compounds of the invention possess the advantage of having little or no systemic activity.
  • the compounds of the invention may be safer than those known glucocorticoids which have poor side effect profiles.
  • inflammatory, immune, autoimmune and other diseases or conditions in which the compounds of the invention are useful include skin diseases such as eczema, posriasis, allergic dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, neurodermatitis, pruritis, and hypersensitivity reactions; inflammatory conditions of the nose, throat, or lungs such as asthma (including allergen- induced asthmatic reactions), rhinitis (including hayfever), allergic rhinitis, rhinosinusitis, sinusitis, nasal polyps, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, interstitial lung disease, and fibrosis; inflammatory bowel conditions such as ulcerative colitis and Chron's disease; and autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis.
  • CNS trauma e.g., brain trauma
  • multiple sclerosis e.g., multiple sclerosis
  • Compounds of the invention may also be useful in treatment or prophylaxis of diseases and conditions of the eye, non-limiting examples of which include treatment of conjunctiva and allergic and nonallergic conjunctivitis.
  • the compounds and compositions of the invention are useful for both treatment and prophylaxis conditions and/or symptoms thereof described herein.
  • the present invention provides for the use (and/or preparation) of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof, or the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of patients for the various diseases, conditions, and/or disorders described herein, including immune, autoimmune, and/or inflammatory diseases and/or conditions.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used in acute treatment a wide range of immune, autoimmune, and inflammatory diseases and conditions, such as those listed above.
  • the compounds of the invention exhibit diminished side effect profiles in respect of one or more side effects associated with standard long-term steroidal treatments.
  • Side effects associated with standard steroidal treatments include, for example, interference with carbohydrate metabolism, calcium resorption, suppresssion of endogenous corticosteroids, and suppression of the pituitary gland, adrenal cortex, and thymus.
  • compounds of the invention are useful for long-term treatment (as well as short- and medium-term treatment) of a wide range of chronic immune, autoimmune, and inflammatory diseases and conditions.
  • the present invention provides a method for the treatment of neonatal sepsis, ALS, multiple sclerosis, type I diabetes, viral induced infections of the upper and lower airways, viral meningitis, and life- threatening diseases such as chronic meningeoencephalitis, neonatal enteroviral disease, polio, and myocarditis.
  • the compounds and compositions of the present invention may also be used prophylactically to prevent exacerbations of symptoms associated with such diseases.
  • the present invention provides a method for the treatment of viral related disorders.
  • the viral disorder is associated with the common cold.
  • Compounds and compositions of the present invention may be utilized also in preventing exacerbation of disorders of the upper and lower airways.
  • upper airway disorders for example, the congestion and nasal blockage associated with allergic rhinitis, sinusitis, fungal induced sinusitis, bacterial based sinusitis, polyposis and the like.
  • disorders of the lower airways include administration of compositions of the present invention to prevent the need for the use of rescue medications for disorders of the lower airways, for example, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder, allergic asthma, and emphysema.
  • the compounds and compositions of the present invention may be useful also for the treatment and prevention of the nasal (stuffiness/congestion, rhinorrhea, nasal itching, sneezing) and non-nasal (itchy/burning eyes, tearing/watery eyes, redness of the eyes, itching of the ears/palate) symptoms of seasonal and perennial
  • the present invention provides a method for the treatment of a patient with an immune, autoimmune, or an inflammatory disease or condition, which method comprises administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomers, or isomers thereof.
  • the present invention also provides the use of a compound of the invention, (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomers, or isomers thereof), for the treatment of patients with immune, autoimmune, and/or inflammatory diseases and conditions.
  • the present invention provides a method for the treatment of corticosteroid-responsive diseases of the airway passage ways and lungs.
  • diseases include those allergic, non-allergic and/or inflammatory diseases of the upper or lower airway passages or of the lungs which are treatable by administering corticosteroids.
  • Typical corticosteroid-responsive diseases include allergic and non-allergic rhinitis, nasal polyps, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and non-malignant proliferative and inflammatory diseases of the airways passages and lungs.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • the present invention provides a method for the treatment of allergic and non-allergic rhinitis as well as non-malignant proliferative and/or inflammatory disease of the airway passages and lungs.
  • exemplary allergic or inflammatory conditions of the upper and lower airway passages which can be treated or relieved according to various embodiments of the present invention include nasal symptoms associated with allergic rhinitis, such as seasonal allergic rhinitis, intermittent allergic rhinitis, persistent allergic rhinitis and/or perennial allergic rhinitis as well as congestion in moderate to severe seasonal allergic rhinitis patients.
  • corticosteroid responsive diseases nasal polyps, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), rhinovirus, rhinosinusitis including acute rhinosinusitis and chronic rhinosinusitis, congestion, total nasal symptoms (stuffiness/congestion, rhinorrhea, nasal itching, sneezing) and non- nasal symptoms (itchy/burning eyes, tearing/watery eyes, redness of the eyes, itching of the ears/palate) and nasal blockage associated with sinusitis, fungal induced sinusitis, bacterial based sinusitis.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • allergic rhinitis means any allergic reaction of the nasal mucosa and includes hay fever (seasonal allergic rhinitis) and perennial rhinitis (non-seasonal allergic rhinitis) which are characterized by seasonal or perennial sneezing, rhinorrhea, nasal congestion, pruritis and eye itching, redness and tearing.
  • non-allergic rhinitis means eosinophilic nonallergic rhinitis which is found in patients with negative skin tests and those who have numerous eosinophils in their nasal secretions.
  • asthmatic condition marked by recurrent attacks of paroxysmal dyspnea (i.e., "reversible obstructive airway passage disease") with wheezing due to spasmodic contraction of the bronchi (so called "bronchospasm").
  • Asthmatic conditions which may be treated or even prevented in accordance with this invention include allergic asthma and bronchial allergy characterized by manifestations in sensitized persons provoked by a variety of factors including exercise, especially vigorous exercise ("exercise- induced bronchospasm"), irritant particles (pollen, dust, cotton, cat dander) as well as mild to moderate asthma, chronic asthma, severe chronic asthma, severe and unstable asthma, nocturnal asthma, and psychologic stresses.
  • the invention is particularly useful in preventing the onset of asthma in mammals e.g., humans afflicted with reversible obstructive disease of the lower airway passages and lungs as well as exercise-induced bronchospasm.
  • non-malignant prolifertive and/or inflammatory disease as used herein in reference to the pulmonary system means one or more of (1) alveolitis, such as extrinsic allergic alveolitis, and drug toxicity such as caused by, e.g. cytotoxic and/or alkylating agents; (2) vasculitis such as Wegener's granulomatosis, allergic granulomatosis, pulmonary hemangiomatosis and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, chronic eosinophilic pneumonia, eosinophilic granuloma and sarcoidoses.
  • alveolitis such as extrinsic allergic alveolitis
  • drug toxicity such as caused by, e.g. cytotoxic and/or alkylating agents
  • vasculitis such as Wegener's granulomatosis, allergic granulomatosis, pulmonary hemangiomatosis and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, chronic eosin
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated for administration in any way known to those of skill in the art, and the invention therefore also provides within its scope pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the invention (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomers, or isomers thereof) together, if desirable, in admixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, excipients, and/or carriers. Further, in one embodiment, the present invention provides a process for the preparation of such pharmaceutical compositions comprising mixing the ingredients.
  • the compounds of the invention may, for example, be formulated for oral, buccal, sublingual, parenteral, local, or rectal administration.
  • Local administration includes, but is not limited to, insufflation, inhalation, and dermal.
  • preparation for local administration include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, foams, preparations for delivery by transdermal patches, powders, sprays, aerosols, capsules, or cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator or drops (e.g., eye or nose drops), solutions or suspensions for nebulization, suppositories, pessaries, retention enemas, and chewable or suckable or fast dissolving tablets or pellets (e.g., for the treatment of aphthous ulcers) or liposome or microencapsulation preparations.
  • Compositions for topical administration e.g., to the lung, include dry powder compositions and spray compositions.
  • Dry powder compositions for topical delivery to the lung may, for example, be presented in capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator of, for example, gelatine.
  • Formulations generally contain a powder mix for inhalation of a compound (or compounds) of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • Each capsule or cartridge may generally contain between 20 micrograms to 10 milligrams of a compound (or compounds) of the invention. Other amounts of such compounds are also included within the scope of the invention and may be readily determined by those of ordinary skill in the art, such as a pharmacist or attending physician.
  • compounds of the invention may be administered without exicipients.
  • Packaging of the formulation may be suitable for unit dose or multi-dose delivery.
  • the formulation can be pre-metered (e.g., as in Diskus, see GB 2242134 or Diskhaler, see GB2178965, 2129691 , and 2169265) or metered in use (e.g., as in Turbuhaler, see EP69715).
  • An example of a unit-dose device is Rotahaler (see GB2064336).
  • Spray compositions may, for example, be formulated as aqueous solutions or as suspensions or as aerosols delivered from pressurized packs, such as a metered dose inhaler, with the use of a suitable liquefied propellant.
  • Aerosol compositions suitable for inhalation can be either a suspension or a solution and generally contain a compound of the invention and a suitable propellant such as a fluorocarbon or a hydrogen-containing chlorofluorocarbon or other suitable propellants or mixtures of any of the foregoing.
  • the aerosol composition may optionally contain additional formulation excipients well known in the art such as surfactants, e.g., oleic acid or lecithin and cosolvents, e.g., ethanol.
  • One example formulation is excipient free and consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a compound of the invention (optionally together with another active ingredient) and a propellant selected from 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafuloroethane, 1 ,1 ,1 ,2,3,3,3-heptafuloro-n-propand and mixtures thereof.
  • Another example formulation comprises particulate compound of the invention, a propellant selected from 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane, 1 ,1 ,1 ,2,3,3,3-heptafluoro-n-propane, and mixtures thereof and a suspending agent which is soluble in the propellant, e.g., an oligolactic acid or derivative thereof, as described, for example, in WO94/21229.
  • a preferred propellant is 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane.
  • Pressurized formulations will generally be retained in a canister (e.g., an aluminium canister) closed with a valve (e.g., a metering valve) and fitted into an actuator provided with a mouthpiece.
  • Medicaments for administration by inhalation are also contemplated.
  • such medicaments desirably have controlled particle size.
  • the optimum particle sizes for inhalation into the bronchial system are well known to those skilled in the art and typically range from 1 -10 micrometers, preferably 2-5 micrometers. Particles having a size above 20 micrometers are generally not preferred for reaching small airways.
  • the particles of a compound of the invention as produced may be reduced in size by conventional means, e.g., by microencapsulation.
  • the desired fraction may be separated by any suitable means such as by air classification or by sieving.
  • the particles will be crystalline.
  • Crystalline particles may be prepared for example by a process which comprises mixing in a continuous flow cell, in the presence of ultrasonic radiation, a flowing solution of a compound of the invention in a liquid solvent with a flowing liquid antisolvent for said compound (e.g., as described in PCT/GB99/04368).
  • crystalline particles may be prepared by a process comprising admitting a stream of solution of the substance in a liquid solvent and a stream of liquid antisolvent for the substance tangentially into a cylindrical mixing chamber having an axial outlet port such that the streams are thereby intimately mixed through formulation of a vortex which causes precipitation of crystalline particles of the substance (e.g., as described in International Patent Application PCT/GBOO/04327).
  • excipient such as lactose
  • the particle size of the excipient will be much greater than the inhaled compound of the invention.
  • the excipient is lactose it will typically be present as milled lactose, wherein not more than about 85% of lactose particles will have a MMD of 60-90 micrometers and not less than about 15% will have a MMD of less than 15 micrometers.
  • Formulations for administration topically to the nose are also contemplated. Such formulations include pressurized arosol formulations and aqueous formulations administered to the nose by pressurized pump.
  • Aqueous formulations for administration to the lung or nose may be provided with conventional excipients such as buffering agents, tonicity modifying agents and the like. Aqueous formulations may also be administered to the nose by nebulisation or other means known in the art.
  • modes of administration include: ointments, creams and gels, which may, for example, be formulated with an aqueous or oily base with the addition of suitable thickening and/or gelling agent and/or solvents.
  • bases may, for example, include water and/or an oil such as liquid paraffin or a vegetable oil such as arachis oil or castor oil, or a solvent such as polyethylene glycol.
  • Thickening agents and gelling agents which may be used according to the nature of the base include soft paraffin, aluminium stearate, cetostearyl alcohol, polyethylene glycols, woolfat, beeswax, carboxypolymethylene and cellulose derivatives, and/or glyceryl monostearate and/or non-ionic emulsifying agents.
  • Lotions are also contemplated. Lotions may be formulated with an aqueous or oily base and will in general also contain one or more emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents or thickening agents.
  • Powders for external application may be formed with the aid of any suitable powder base, for example, talc, lactose or starch. Drops may be formulated with an aqueous or non-aqueous base also comprising one or more dispersing agents, solubilizing agents, suspending agents or preservatives.
  • formulations of the invention may be buffered by the addition of suitable buffering agents.
  • the proportion of the active compound of the invention in compositions according to the invention depends on the precise type of formulation to be prepared but will generally be within the range of from 0.001 to 50% by weight. Generally, however for most types of preparations the proportion used will be within the range of from 0.005 to 1% and preferably 0.01 to 0.5%. However, in powders for inhalation or insufflation, the proportion used will usually be within the range of from 0.1 to 50%.
  • Aerosol formulations are contemplated.
  • aerosol formulations are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff" of aerosol contains 1 micrograms to 2000 micrograms, eg 20 micrograms to 2000 micrograms, alternatively about 20 micrograms to about 1500 micrograms of a compound of the invention.
  • Administration may be once daily or several times daily, for example 2, 3, 4 or 8 times, giving for example 1 , 2 or 3 doses each time.
  • the compound of the invention is delivered once or twice daily.
  • the overall daily dose with an aerosol will typically be within the range 10 micrograms to 10 milligrams, eg 100 micrograms to 10 milligrams, alternatively, 200 micrograms to 2000 micrograms, alternatively about 1500 micrograms.
  • Topical preparations may be administered by one or more applications per day to the affected area; over skin areas occlusive dressings may advantageously be used. Continuous or prolonged delivery may be achieved, e.g., by an adhesive reservoir system.
  • the compounds according to the invention may, for example, be formulated in conventional manner for oral, parenteral or rectal administration.
  • Formulations for oral administration include syrups, elixirs, powders, granules, tablets and capsules which typically contain conventional excipients such as binding agents, fillers, lubricants, disintegrants, wetting agents, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, preservatives, buffer salts, flavouring, colouring and/or sweetening agents as appropriate.
  • Dosage unit forms are, however, preferred as described herein.
  • Preferred forms of preparation for internal administration are dosage unit forms, i.e., tablets and capsules.
  • Such dosage unit forms contain from 0.1 mg to 20 mg preferably from 2.5 to 10 mg of the compounds of the invention.
  • the compounds according to the invention may, in general, may be given by internal administration in cases where systemic adreno-cortical therapy is indicated.
  • preparations for internal administration may contain from 0.05 to 10% of the active ingredient, depending upon the type of preparation involved.
  • the daily dose may vary from 0.1 mg to 60 mg, e.g. 5-30 mg, dependent on the condition being treated, and the duration of treatment desired.
  • Slow release or enteric coated formulations may be advantageous, particularly for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disorders.
  • administration may be accomplished utilizing inhalation devices.
  • inhalation devices include, but are not limited to, nebulizers, metered pump-spray devices, soft mist inhalers, and pressurized metered dosing inhalers.
  • a single pressurized metered dose inhaler may be adapted for oral or nasal inhalation routes simply by switching between an actuator that is designed for nasal delivery and an actuator designed for oral delivery. Solutions may be administered intranasal ⁇ by inserting an appropriate device (such as a nasal spray bottle and actuator used to deliver NASONEX® Nasal Spray) into each nostril. Active drug, which would include at least one compound of the invention, is then expelled from the nasal spray device.
  • Efficacy can be generally assessed in a double blind fashion by a reduction in nasal and non-nasal symptoms (e.g., sneezing, itching, congestion, and discharge). Other objective measurements (e.g., nasal peak flow and resistance) can be used as supportive indices of efficacy.
  • Any suitable pump spray may be used, such as pump sprays used for NASONEX ® as sold by Schering-Plough or AFRIN ® as sold by Schering-Plough.
  • Pressurized metered-dose inhalers contain propellants, for example, chlorofluorocarbon propellants, for example, CFC-1 1 , CFC-12, hydrofluorocarbon propellants, for example, HFC-134A, HFC-227 or combinations thereof, to produce a precise quantity of an aerosol of the medicament contained with the device, which is administered by inhaling the aerosol nasally, treating the nasal mucosa and/or the sinus cavities.
  • propellants for example, chlorofluorocarbon propellants, for example, CFC-1 1 , CFC-12, hydrofluorocarbon propellants, for example, HFC-134A, HFC-227 or combinations thereof.
  • a suitable MDI formulation will include a propellant such as 1 ,1 ,1 ,2,3,3,3 heptafluoropropane; an excipient, including but not limited to alcohols, MIGLYOL® 812, MIGLYOL® 840, PEG-400, menthol, lauroglycol, VERTREL®_245, TRANSCUTOL®, LABRAFAC® Hydro WL 1219, perfluorocyclobutane, eucalyptus oil, short chain fatty adds, and combinations thereof; a steroid and optionally a surfactant.
  • MDI's may be prepared by conventional processes such as cold filling or pressure filling.
  • a "soft-mist” inhaler is a mult-dose, metered aerosol delivery device typically used to deliver aqueous based solution medicaments to the lungs via oral inhalation.
  • the aerosol plume that they create is both slow in velocity and lasts for approximately 6x that of a typical pMDI (e.g. typically 1 -2 sec. vs. milliseconds).
  • An example of such a device would be Boehringer Ingelheim's (Bl) RESPIMAT® which is currently used to deliver ipatropium bromide to the lungs.
  • medicament formulations of the present invention may also be administered utilizing a nebulizer device.
  • Typical commercial nebulizer devices produce dispersions of droplets in gas streams by one of two methods.
  • Jet nebulizers use a compressed air supply to draw liquid up a tube and through an orifice by venturi action and introduce it into a flowing gas stream as droplets suspended therein, after which the fluid is caused to impact one or more stationary baffles to remove excessively large droplets.
  • Ultrasonic nebulizers use an electrically driven transducer to subject a fluid to high- frequency oscillations, producing a cloud of droplets which can be entrained in a moving gas stream; these devices are less preferred for delivering suspensions. For instance, from about 2 to about 4 ml_ of the mometasone furoate solution may be placed in a plastic nebulizer container and the patient would inhale for 1- 30 minutes. The total dosage placed in such a container may be determined by those skilled in the art. A non-limiting example would be in the range of 5 to about 100 meg.
  • compositions comprising at least one compound of the invention (optionally together with one or more additional active ingredients), formulated for nasal spray administration.
  • Suitable nasal spray formulations can include, inter alia, water, auxiliaries and/or one or more of the excipients, such as: suspending agents, e.g., microcrystalline cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxpropyl-methyl cellulose; humectants, e.g. glycerin and propylene glycol; acids, bases or buffer substances for adjusting the pH, e.g., citric acid, sodium citrate, phosphoric acid, sodium phospate as well as mixtures of citrate and phosphate buffers; surfactants, e.g. polysorbate 80; and antimicrobial preservatives, e.g., benzalkonium chloride, phenylethyl alcohol and potassium sorbate.
  • suspending agents e.g., microcrystalline cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxpropyl-methyl cellulose
  • humectants e.g. glycerin and propylene glycol
  • an additional rheology-modifying agent such as a polymer or other material.
  • useful materials include, without limitation thereto, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, algin, carageenans, carbomers, galactomannans, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polyethylene glycols, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sodium carboxymethyl chitin, sodium carboxymethyl dextran, sodium carboxymethyl starch and xanthan gum. Combinations of any two or more of the foregoing are also useful.
  • compositions of the present invention may contain at least about 1.0 to about 10 weight percent, or from about 1 to about 4 weight percent of the mixture of the cellulose/carboxyalkylcellulose compound mixture.
  • a closely related mixture is available from the same source as AVICEL® RC-581 , having the same bulk chemical composition as the RC-591 , and this material is also useful in the invention.
  • Microcrystalline cellulose and alkali metal carboxyalkylcellulose are commercially available separately, and can be mixed in desired proportions for use in the invention, with the amount of microcrystalline cellulose may be between about 85 and about 95 weight percent of the mixture for both separately mixed and co-processed mixtures.
  • compositions of the invention are intended for application to sensitive mucosal membranes, it may be desirable to adjust the pH to a relatively neutral value, using an acid or base, unless the natural pH already is suitable.
  • pH values about 3 to about 8 are preferred for tissue compatibility; the exact values chosen should also promote chemical and physical stability of the composition.
  • buffering agents will be included to assist with maintenance of selected pH values; typical buffers are well known in the art and include, without limitation thereto, phosphate, citrate and borate salt systems.
  • compositions may contain any of a number of optional components, such as humectants, preservatives, antioxidants, chelating agents and aromatic substances.
  • Humectants which are hygroscopic materials such as glycerin, a polyethylene or other glycol, a polysaccharide and the like act to inhibit water loss from the composition and may add moisturizing qualities.
  • Useful aromatic substances include camphor, menthol, eucalyptol and the like, flavors and fragrances.
  • Preservatives are typically incorporated to establish and maintain a freedom from pathogenic organisms; representative components include benzyl alcohol, methytparaben, propylparaben, butylparaben, chlorobutanol, phenethyl alcohol (which also is a fragrance additive), phenyl mercuric acetate and benzalkonium chloride.
  • compositions comprising one (or more) compound(s) of the invention for use in combination with one or more other therapeutically active agent(s) are also contemplated.
  • additional therapeutically active agents include, for example, beta 2 adrenoreceptor agonists, anti-histamines, anti-allergic agents, anticholinergic agents, and chemokine receptor antagonists. Additional agents are also described below. Such combinations may be administered simultaneously or sequentially (with a compound of the invention being administered either before or after the other active ingredient(s)) in separate or combined pharmaceutical formulations.
  • compositions comprising a compound of the invention (or a physiologically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, ester, tautomer, or isomer thereof) together with one or more other therapeutically active agent, for example, a beta 2 adrenoreceptor agonist, an antihistamine or an anti-allergic agent.
  • a beta 2 adrenoreceptor agonist for example, an antihistamine or an anti-allergic agent.
  • additional active agents for example, a beta 2 adrenoreceptor agonist, an antihistamine or an anti-allergic agent.
  • LABAs long-acting beta 2 adrenoreceptor agonists
  • Use of LABAs capable of providing a therapeutic effect over 24 hours is also contemplated.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions suitable for once-per-day administration comprising a compound of the invention (or a salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof) in combination with a long acting beta 2 adrenoreceptor agonist.
  • beta 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists include salmeterol (eg as racemate or a single enantiomer such as the R-enantiomer), salbutamol, formoterol, salmefamol, fenoterol, indacaterol, or terbutaline and salts thereof, for example the xinafoate salt of salmeterol, the sulphate salt or free base of salbutamol or the fumarate salt of formoterol.
  • Long acting beta 2 adrenoreceptor agonists such as salmeterol or fomoterol or indacaterol, are preferred.
  • Preferred long acting beta 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists include those described in WO 266422A.
  • Additional active agents include antihistamines.
  • anti-histamines useful in combination with the compounds of the present invention include methapyrilene, loratadine, acrivastine, astemizole, cetirizine, mizolastine, fexofenadine, azelastine, levocabastine, olopatadine, levocetirizine, and desloratadine.
  • Histamine H 1 receptor antagonists include, but are not limited to, Astemizole, Azatadine, Azelastine, Acrivastine, Bromphemiramine, Chlorpheniramine, Clemastine, Cyclizine, Carebastine,
  • Cyproheptadine Carbinoxamine, Desloratadine, Doxylamine, Diphenhydramine, Cetirizine, Dimenhydrinate, Dimethindene, Ebastine, Epinastine, Efletirizine, Fexofenadine, Hydroxyzine, Ketotifen, Loratadine, Levocabastine, Levocetirizine, Mizolastine, Mequitazine, Mianserine, Noberastine, Meclizine, Norastemizole, Picumast, Pyrilamine, Promethazine, Terfenadine, Tripelennamine, Temelastine, Trimeprazine, Triprolidine and mixtures of any two or more of the foregoing.
  • Preferred Histamine H 1 receptors are desloratadine, loratadine, fexofenadine and ceterazine.
  • Desloratadine is also termed Descarboethoxyloratidine and DCL.
  • DCL is a non-sedating antihistamine, whose technical name is 8-chloro-6,11-dihydro-11- (4-piperidylidene)-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1 ,2]pyridine. This compound is described in Quercia, et al., Hosp. Formul., 28: 137-53 (1993), in U.S. Patent 4,659,716, and in WO 96/20708.
  • DCL is an antagonist of the H 1 histamine receptor protein.
  • the H 1 receptors are those that mediate the response antagonized by conventional antihistamines.
  • H 1 receptors are present, for example, in the ileum, the skin, and the bronchial smooth muscle of man and other mammals.
  • the amount of DCL which can be employed in a unit (i.e. single) dosage form of the present compositions can range from about 2.5 to about 45 mg, also from about 2.5 to about 20 mg, also from about 5 to about 10 mg.
  • Preferred dosage amounts include 2.5 mg, 5.0 mg, 10.0 mg and 20.0 mg.
  • Loratadine is a non-sedating antihistamine whose technical name is 11-(4- piperidy!idene)-5H-benzo-[5, 6]-cyclohepta-[1 , 2-b]-pyridine. The compound is described in U.S. Patent No. 4,282,233. Loratadine is a potent tricyclic and antihistaminic drug of slow release, with a selective antagonist of peripheric Hi receptors activity.
  • Fexofenadine reportedly is a non-sedating antihistamine, whose technical name is 4-[1 -hydroxy-4-(4-hydroxy-diphenylmethyl)-1-piperidinyl)butyl]- ⁇ , ⁇ - dimethyl-benzene acetic acid.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is the hydrochloride, also known as fexofenadine hydrochloride.
  • the amount of fexofenadine which can be employed in a unit dosage form of the present composition can range from about 40 to 200 mg, also from about 60 to about 180 milligrams, also about 120 milligrams.
  • Cetirizine hydrochloride reportedly is an Hi receptor antagonist.
  • Cetirizine hydrochloride is a racemic compound with an empirical formula of C 21 H 25 CIN 2 O 3 ⁇ HCl.
  • Cetirizine hydrochloride is a white, crystalline powder and is water soluble.
  • Cetirizine hydrochloride is available from Pfizer Inc., New York, NY, under the trade name ZYRTEC®.
  • the amount of Cetirizine which can be employed in a unit dosage form of the present composition can range from about 0 to 40 mg, also from about 5 to about 10 milligrams.
  • the levo isomer of Cetirizine may also be combined with Pleconaril in the formulations of the present invention.
  • Another form of Cetirizine for use in the present invention is Cetirizine dinitrate.
  • Additional active agents include expectorants.
  • expectorants suitable for use are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, ambroxol, guaiafenesin, terpin hydrate, and potassium quaicolsulfonate.
  • Ambroxol is a bromhexine metabolite, chemically identified as trans-4(2-amino-3,5-dibromobenzil, amine) ciclohexane hydrochloride, which has been widely used during more than two decades as an expectorant agent or stimulating pulmonary surfactant factor. The compound is described in U.S. Patent No. 3,536,712.
  • Guaiafenesin is an expectorant, whose technical name is 3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)- 1 , 2-propanediol.
  • the compound is described in U.S. Patent No. 4,390,732.
  • Terpin hydrate is an expectorant, whose technical name is 4-hydroxy- ⁇ , ⁇ , 4-trimethylcyclohexane- methanol.
  • Potassium guaicolsulfonate is an expectorant, whose technical name is 3-Hydroxy-4-methoxybenzenesulfonic acid mix with mono-potassium 4- hydroxy-3-methoxybenzenesulfonate.
  • Additional active agents include decongestants.
  • decongestants for use include both oral and nasal decongestants.
  • nasal decongestants useful in the present invention include, without being limited to, the sympathomimetic amine nasal decongestants.
  • Those currently approved for topical use in the United States include, without limitation, levmetamfetamine (also known as 1 -desoxyephedrine), ephedrine, ephedrine hydrochloride, ephedrine sulfate, naphazoline hydrochloride, oxymetazoline and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, oxymetazoline hydrochloride, phenylephrine hydrochloride, and propylhexedrine.
  • levmetamfetamine also known as 1 -desoxyephedrine
  • ephedrine ephedrine hydrochloride
  • ephedrine sulfate ephedrine sulfate
  • naphazoline hydrochloride oxymetazoline
  • Oral decongestants for use in the present invention include, without limitation, phenylpropanolamine, phenylephrine and pseudoephedrine as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Pseudoephedrine and its acid additional salts e.g., those of HCl or H 2 SO 4 , are recognized by those skilled in the art as a sympathomimetic therapeutic agent that is safe and effective for treating nasal congestion. They are commonly administered orally concomitantly with an antihistamine for treatment of nasal congestion associated with allergic rhinitis.
  • pseudoephedrine When used in the present invention as a nasal decongestant it is preferred to use pseudoephedrine in amounts of equivalent to about 120 mg pseudoephedrine sulfate dosed one to 4 times daily. However, lesser amounts of pseudoephedrine sulfate may be used.
  • Histamine H 3 receptor antagonists include, but are not limited to, thioperamide, impromidine, Burimamide, Clobenpropit, Impentamine, Mifetidine, S-sopromidine, R-sopromidine, 3- (imidazol-4-yl)-propylguanidine (SKF-91486), 3->(4-chlorophenyl)methyl-5->2- (1 H-imidazol-4yl)ethyl 1 ,2,3-oxadiazole (GR-175737), 4-(1-cyclohexylpentanoyl- 4-piperidyl) 1 H-imidazole (GT-2016), 2- ⁇ >2->4(5)-imidazolylethylthio ⁇ -5- nitropyridine (UCL-1199) Clozapine, SCH497079 and SCH539858.
  • compositions may further include both H 1 and H 3 receptors antagonists as is disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,869,479, also assigned to Schering Corp., which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • H 3 receptors include both H 1 and H 3 receptors antagonists as is disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,869,479, also assigned to Schering Corp., which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Other compounds can readily be evaluated to determine activity at H 3 receptors by known methods, including the guinea pig brain membrane assay and the guinea pig neuronal ileum contraction assay, both of which are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,352,707.
  • Another useful assay utilizes rat brain membranes and is described by West et al., "Identification of Two H 3 -Histamine Receptor Subtypes," Molecular Pharmacology, Vol. 38, pages 610-613 (1990).
  • Additional active agents include anticholinergic agents.
  • anticholinergic agents for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to, Tiotropium, Oxitropium, Ipratropium, Methantheline, Propantheline, Dicyclomine, Scopolamine, Methscopolamine, Telenzepine, Benztropine, QNX-hemioxalate, Hexahydro-sila-difenidol hydrochloride and Pirenzepine.
  • such compositions comprising at least one compound of the invention and at least one anti-cholinergic agent (and optionally other active agents) are administered either orally or nasally in amounts that are known to, or determined by, those of skill in the art.
  • antibiotics include macrolides, cephalosporin, and antibacterials.
  • suitable antibiotics include, but are not limited to, Tetracycline, Chlortetracycline, Bacitracin, Neomycin, Polymyxin, Gramicidin, Oxytetracycline, Chloramphenicol, Florfenicol, Gentamycin, Erythromycin, Clarithromycin, Azithromycin,
  • compositions which may be administered are known to one of skill in the art.
  • Additional active agents include P2Y 2 receptor agonsts.
  • P2Y 2 receptor agonists for use in the present invention include, but are not limited, to diquafosol tetrasodium.
  • Diquafosol tetrasodium is a P2Y 2 receptor agonist that activates receptors on the ocular surface and inner lining of the eyelid to stimulate the release of water, salt, mucin and lipids - the key components of natural tears. Mucin is made in specialized cells and acts to lubricate surfaces. Lipids in the eye are oily substances that form the outer-most layer of the tear film and are responsible for the prevention of excess tear fluid evaporation. In preclinical testing, diquafosol reportedly increased the secretions of natural tear components. Diquafosol is available from Inspire.
  • P2Y 2 receptor agonists are a class of compounds that are being developed for the treatment of a variety of conditions in which mucociliary clearance (MCC) is impaired, including chronic bronchitis and cystic fibrosis (CF).
  • MCC mucociliary clearance
  • CF cystic fibrosis
  • Other mucolytic agents may include N-Acetylcysteine and endogenous ligand compound UTP. These compositions may be administered by routes known to those of skill in the art, including orally and nasally.
  • Additional active agents include Leukotriene 4 antagonists and/or inhibitors.
  • Leukotriene 4 antagonists and/or inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to Zileuton, Docebenone, Piripost, ICI-D2318, MK-591 , MK-886, sodium 1 -(((R)-(3-(2-(6,7- difluoro-2-quinolinyl)ethynyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2 - propyOphenyOthioJmethyOcyclopropane-acetate (also referred to herein for convenience as "compound LAcetate”); 1-(((R)-(3-(2-(2,3-dichlorothieno[3,2- b]pyridin-5-yl)-(E)-ethenyl)phenyl )-3-(2-(1 -hydroxy-1- methylethyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-
  • compositions containing these constituents may be administered either orally or nasally as set forth below in amounts that are known to one of skill in the art.
  • Additional active agents include leukotriene D 4 antagonists.
  • suitable leukotriene D 4 antagonists include montelukast, which is a Leukotriene D 4 antagonist capable of antagonizing the receptors for the cysteinyl leukotrienes.
  • Montelukast is [R-(E)]-1 -[[[1-[3-[2-(7-chloro- 2-quinolinyl)ethenyl]phenyl]-3-[2-(1 -hydroxy- 1 - methylethyl)phenyl]propyl]thio]methyl]-cyclopropaneacetic acid.
  • a preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salt of Montelukast is the monosodium salt, also known as Montelukast sodium.
  • the amount of Montelukast which can be employed in a unit dosage form of the present invention can range from about one to 100 milligrams, also from about 5 to about 20 milligrams, preferably about 10 milligrams.
  • leukotriene D4 antagonists include the compound 1 -(((R)-(3-(2-(6,7-difluoro-2-quinolinyl)ethenyl)phenyl)-3-(2- (2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)thio)methylcyclopropaneacetic acid, described in WO 97/28797 and U.S. Patent No. 5,270,324.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of this compound is the sodium salt, also known as sodium 1-(((R)-(3-(2-(6,7-difluoro- 2-quinolinyl)ethenyl)phenyl)-3- ⁇ 2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl) phenyl)thio)- methylcyclopropaneacetate.
  • leukotriene D4 antagonists include the compound 1 -(((1 (R)-3(3-(2-(2,3-dichlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-5-yl)-(E)- ethenyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(1 -hydroxy- 1 -methylethyl)phenyl)propyl)- thio)methyl)cyclopropaneacetic acid, described in WO 97/28797 and U.S. Patent No. 5,472,964.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of this compound is the sodium salt, also known as sodium 1 -(((1(R)-3(3-(2-(2,3-dichlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-5-yl)- (E)-ethenyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(1 -hydroxy- 1 -methylethyl)phenyl)propyl)- thio)methyl)cyclopropaneacetate.
  • suitable leukotriene D4 antagonists include the compound pranlukast, described in WO 97/28797 and EP 173,516.
  • the technical name for this compound is N-[4-oxo-2-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-4H-1- benzopyran-8-yl]-p-(4-phenylbutoxyjbenzamide.
  • the amount of Pranlukast which can be employed in a unit dosage form can range from about 100 to about 700 mg, preferably from about 112 to about 675 mg; also from about 225 mg to about 450 mg; also from about 225 to about 300 mg.
  • leukotriene D4 antagonists include the compound, described in WO 97/28797 and EP 199,543.
  • the technical name for this compound is cyclopentyl-3-[2-methoxy-4-[(o- tolylsulfonyl)carbamoyl]benzyl]-1-methylindole-5-carbamate.
  • leukotriene D4 antagonists include the compound [2-[[2-(4-te/?-butyl-2-thiazolyl)-5- benzofuranyl]oxymethyl]phenyl]acetic acid, described in U.S. Patent No. 5,296,495 and Japanese Patent JP 08325265 A.
  • An alternative name for this compound is 2-[[[2-[4-(1 ,1 -dimethylethyl)-2-thiazolyl]-5-benzofuranyl]oxy]methyl]- benzeneacetic acid.
  • the code number for this compound is FK011 or FR150011.
  • Additional active agents include pharmaceutically acceptable zinc salts, including those water soluble salts reported to have beneficial effects against the common cold.
  • preparations comprise an aqueous or saline solution with a concentration of ionic zinc below that which causes irritation to mucus membranes.
  • ionic zinc in such solutions is present substantially as unchelated zinc and is in the form of free ionic solution.
  • Zinc ionic solutions for use in the present invention will typically contain substantially unchelated zinc ions in a concentration of from about 0.004 to about 0.12% (w/vol).
  • the substantially unchelated ionic zinc compound can comprise a mineral acid salt of zinc selected from the group consisting of zinc sulfate, zinc chloride, and zinc acetate.
  • SYK kinase analogs are a class of molecules which work by blocking SYK kinase.
  • Compound R112 available from Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is an example of an SYK kinase analog.
  • a recent study reportedly showed a greater than 20% relative improvement for R112 over placebo (an absolute difference of 9% over placebo) and up to 38% improvement for R112 from baseline measurements (prior to drug initiation) of symptoms associated with chronic nasal congestion (e.g. stuffy nose) over a placebo.
  • Additional active agents include 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors.
  • 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor also referred to as a “5-LO inhibitor”
  • 5- lipoxygenase inhibitors include, but not limited to, zileuton, docebenone, piripost, and the like.
  • 5-lipoxygenase activating protein antagonist or “FLAP antagonist” includes any agent or compound that inhibits, retrains, retards or otherwise interacts with the action or activity of 5- lipoxygenase activating protein, examples of which include, but not limited, "FLAP antagonists" MK-591 and MK-886.
  • Additional active agents include those known to relieve oropharyngeal discomfort, including, for example, sore throats, cold or canker sores, and painful gums.
  • Such active agents include topical anesthetics such as phenol, hexylresorcinol, salicyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, dyclonine, dibucaine, benzocaine, buticaine, cetylpyridinium chloride, diperidon, clove oil, menthol, camphor, eugenol and others.
  • Medicaments of the invention intended for application to the skin may similarly include a therapeutic agent for relieving skin discomfort including, but not limited to, lidocaine, benzocaine, tetracaine, dibucaine, pramoxine, diphenhydramine, and benzyl alcohol.
  • Additional active agents useful in combination with compound(s) of the invention include salicylates, such as aspirin, NSAIDs (non-steroidal anti- inflammatory agents such as indomethacin, sulindac, mefenamic, meclofenamic, tolfenamic, tolmetin, ketorolac, dicofenac, ibuprofen, naproxen, fenoprofen, ketoprofen, flurbirofin, or oxaprozin), TNF inhibitors such as etanercept or infliximab, IL-1 receptor antagonists, cytotoxic or immunosuppressive drugs such as methotrexate, leflunomide, azathiorpine, or cyclosporine, a gold compound, hydroxychloroquine or sulfasalazine, penicillamine, darbufelone, and p38 kinase inhibitors, sodium cromoglycate, nedocromil sodium, P
  • Additional active agents suitable for use in combination with one or more compounds of the invention include those useful for addressing one or more side effects associated with the use of steroids.
  • Non-limiting examples include one or more inhibitors of osteociast-mediated bone resportion.
  • Suitable osteoclast- mediated bone resportion inhibitors include bisphosphonates (also called diphosphonates), such as Pamidronate (APD, Aredia®), Risedronate (Actonel®), Neridronate, Olpadronate, Alendronate (Fosamax®), lbandronate (Boniva®), Risedronate (Actonel®), and Zoledronate (Zometa®). Additional active agents suitable for use in combination with one or more compounds of the invention are described in WO03/035668, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Additional active agents suitable for use in combination with one or more compounds of the invention include chemokine receptor antagonists.
  • suitable chemokine receptor antagonists include CXCR1 and/or and CXCR2 antagonists.
  • Non-limiting examples include SCH527123. See, e.g., Chapman, et al., "A novel, orally active CXCR1/2 receptor antagonist, SCH 527123, inhibits neutrophil recruitment, mucus production and goblet cell hyperplasia in animal models of pulmonary inflammation", jpet.106.119040v1 , May 11 , 2007.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Steroid Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, or isomers of said compounds), having the general structure: Formula (I) wherein L, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are selected independently of each other and as defined herein. The present invention also provides compounds (and salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers) of Formulas (H-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (H-B), (H-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), as described herein. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions, methods of preparing, and methods of using such compounds in the treatment and prophylaxis of a wide range of immune, autoimmune, and inflammatory diseases and conditions.

Description

Novel [3.2-C] Heteroaryl Steroids as Glucocorticoid Receptor Agonists. Compositions and Uses Thereof
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to novel A-ring modified derivatives that are agonists of the glucocorticoid receptor and methods for their preparation. The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical formulations comprising the compounds of the invention as well as to their use in the treatment of disease states involving inflammation and allergic conditions. In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention exhibit "dissociated" properties; i.e., the metabolic effects, which are associated with adverse side effects, are dissociated from the anti-inflammatory and anti-allergic effects, thereby providing glucocorticoid receptor agonists that exhibit desirable therapeutic profiles.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION The glucocorticoid receptor is part of the family of nuclear receptors.
The receptor is a nuclear transcription factor that when bound to a ligand promotes or suppresses the transcription of genes. Glucocorticoid receptor agonists occur naturally or may be prepared synthetically. Examples of synthetic glucocorticoid receptor agonists include prednisolone and dexamethasone. Glucocorticoid receptor agonists possess valuable anti-inflammatory properties and have found widespread use in the art in controlling wide range of allergic and inflammatory conditions, such as asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, eczema, psoriasis and others (see, for example, Barnes, P. "Corticosteroids: The drugs to beat" European Journal of Pharmacology 2006, 533, p. 2-14). Steroid-based and nonsteroidal-based glucocorticoids analogues are well known in this art. For example, WO 1999/041256 describes glucocorticoids selective anti-inflammatory agents of nonsteroidal nature. GB 2,018,256, US Patent 3,989,686, US Patent 4,263,289, and EP 0004 773 describe 17 thiocarboxylic acid steroid derivatives. WO 1997/23565 describes lactone derivatives of 17-β-carboxy, carboxythio, and amide andronstane derivative with anti-inflammatory or anti-allergic properties. WO 2006/043015 reports that the 6α,9α-difluoro-11 β-hydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxo-17α-pro-pionyloxy-androsta-1 ,4- diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-3-yl)ester of the formula:
Figure imgf000004_0001
possesses useful anti-inflammatory activity, while having little or no systemic activity. Other derivatives are disclosed in WO 1997/24368, WO 2000/64882, WO 2003/035668, CN1414008, US Patent 3,598,816 and US Patent 5,645,404. US Patent 4,861 ,765, discloses 21 -substituted thioether glucocorticoid steroid derivatives of the formula:
Figure imgf000004_0002
that are reported to have reduced systemic side effect and excellent antiinflammatory properties. US Patent 5,420,120, also discloses 21 -substituted thioether glucocorticoid steroid derivatives similar to those disclosed in US Patent 4,861 ,767; these compounds are said to be effective topical anti-inflammatory agents for the treatment of ophthalmic inflammatory disorders. Other C21- substituted thioether derivatives are disclosed in WO 1997/24367, US 3,687,942 and S. Wu er a/., Ann. ChIm. Acta, vol 268, pp. 255-260 (1992). DE2021 1718 discloses C21 -substituted phenyl ether steroid derivatives. And WO95/18621 discloses steroids, including 6alpha,9alpha-fluoro-11 beta, 17- dihydroxy-16alpha-methyl-pregna-1 ,4-diene-3-one-17-carboxylic acid and related compounds. According to the description, the steroids disclosed in WO95/18621 have angiostatic activity and reduced glucocorticoid activity. One such compound exemplified (in example 23) in WO95/18621 has the following structure:
Figure imgf000005_0001
A-ring modified steroid derivatives are also known in the art. See, e.g., AIi, Amjad, et al., "Novel N-Aryl pyrazolo [3,2-c]-Based Ligands for the
Glucocorticoid Receptor: Receptor Binding and In vivo Activity", J. Med. Chem., 47, 2441 -2452 (11/20/2003). S.L. Steelman, "16-Methylated Steroids. IV. 6,16alpha-Dimethyl-delta-hydrocortsone and related compounds", Merck Institute for Therapeutic Research, November 30, 1962. Steelman, et al., "Synthesis and structure of steroidal 4-pregneno[3,2-c] pyrazoles. A novel class of potent antiinflammatory steroids/'November 30, 1062. Clinton, et al., "Steroidal [3,2- c/Pyrazoles", Sterling-Winthrop Research Institute, February 10, 1959. US3,223,701 ; BE633906; GB1044304(A); US3067193(A); US3148183(A); US3148183(A); and WO2009044200(A1 ). There remains a need in the art for glucocorticoid receptor agonists. The present invention addresses this need. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides novel steroid compounds, as described herein, which exhibit good pharmacological (e.g., glucocorticoid) activity. Such compounds may be referred to herein as "compound(s) of the invention." In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention exhibit desirable pharmacological activity, such as anti-inflammatory activity and antiallergenic activity. In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention exhibit desirable pharmacological activity, such as anti-inflammatory activity and antiallergenic activity and reduced side effect activity typically associated with standard long- term steroidal treatments. Such side effect activity typically associated with standard long-term steroidal treatments include interference with carbohydrate metabolism, inappropriate calcium resorption, suppression of endogenous corticosteroids, and/or suppression of the pituitary, adrenal cortex and/or thymus gland function.
In each of the various embodiments of the compounds of the invention, all variables are selected independently of each other unless otherwise specifically noted.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (I):
Figure imgf000006_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing from 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein each said ring heteroatom is independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S; the dotted line at z represents an optional single or double bond;
L is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000007_0001
r . , aanndd
Figure imgf000007_0002
, wherein G is N or CH and n is an integer from O to 2, with the proviso that when n is O, G is CH, or, alternatively, -L- is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of -CH2S-, -S-, -CH2-, -OCH2-, -CH2O-, -SCH2-, -CH2-S-CH2-C(O)-NH-, -CH2-OC(O)-NH-, -CH2S(O)-, -CH2S(O)2-, -NR11-, -N(R11)-C(O)-, -N(R11)-S(O)-, -N(R11)-S(O)2-, -NR11O-, -CH2N(R11)-, -CH2-N(R11J-C(O)-, -CH2-N(R11J-C(O)-N(R11)-, -CH2-N(R11)-C(O)O-, -CH2N(R11)C(=NH)NR11-, -CH2-N(R11J-S(O)-, and -CH2-N(R11J-S(O)2-,
R1 is selected from the group consisting of -CN, alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl-, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl-, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl-, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenyl-, and heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R1 and each said heterofused containing moiety of R1 independently contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S,
wherein each said R1 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy-, hydroxyalkyl-, heteroalkyl, cyanoalkyl-, alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted -O-aryl, optionally substituted -O-alkyl-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted arylalkyl-, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl-, optionally substituted -O-heterocycloalkyl, -N(R7)2, -alkylN(R7)2, -NC(O)R7, -C(O)R7, -CO2R7, -SO2R7, and -SO2N(R7)2l wherein said optional substituents are present from 1 to 4 times and may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -CN, and -N(R11)2;
and wherein the benzo portion of each said benzofused R1 group is optionally further fused to another ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkenyl, and wherein the alkyl- portion of said arylalkyl-, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenylalkyl- of R1 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, and spirocycloalkyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of -OR8;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, and alkyl; or R2 and R3 are taken together to form a moiety of formula 2:
Figure imgf000009_0001
wherein X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl of X and Y is optionally independently unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -N(R7)2) and -CN,
or X and Y of formula 2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a 3 to 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -N(R7)2 and -CN,
or R2 and R3 taken together form a moiety of formula 3:
Figure imgf000010_0001
;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, and alkyl; R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, and alkyl R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, -O-heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkyl, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl, benzofused heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenyl, and heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S, and wherein each said R6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7); each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, or, two groups R7 attached to the same nitrogen atom form a 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
R8 selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alky!, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, -C(O)R9, and -C(O)NHR9; each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -N(R7), and -CN; each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; and each R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
In another embodiment, pharmaceutical formulations or compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of the compounds of the invention, and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also are provided. In another embodiment, pharmaceutical formulations or compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of the inventive compounds (and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier together with one or more additional active ingredients are also contemplated.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides methods of treating inflammatory diseases and conditions, such methods comprising administering at least one compound or composition of the invention to a patient in need thereof.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides methods for the treatment of inflammatory diseases and conditions in a patient in need thereof, wherein the anti-inflammatory properties are dissociated from the systemic side- effects which comprises administering to said patient a dissociated steroid compound of the invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION The terms used herein have their ordinary meaning and the meaning of such terms is independent at each occurrence thereof. That notwithstanding and except where stated otherwise, the following definitions apply throughout the specification and claims. Chemical names, common names and chemical structures may be used interchangeably to describe that same structure. These definitions apply regardless of whether a term is used by itself or in combination with other terms, unless otherwise indicated. Hence the definition of "alkyl" applies to "alkyl" as well as the "alkyl" protion of "hydroxyalkyl", "haloalkyl", arylalkyl-, alkylaryl-, "alkoxy" etc.
As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art, conventions for depicting the stereoconfiguration of steroidal compounds have developed. The present disclosure conforms to such convention. Thus, for example, the C8, C14, 10-CH3, and 18-CH3 positions of the steroid core, when depicted herein as:
Figure imgf000012_0001
R are for purposes of this disclosure and the appended claims considered equivalent to the stereoconfiguration shown as follows:
Figure imgf000013_0001
As described herein, the variable "-L-" (or "L"), when present in the various generic formulas depicting compounds of the invention, is shown as a divalent moiety. It shall be understood that the various moieties within the definitions of L, throughout the description and claims, are to be read from left to right as written, such that the point of attachment of the left-most bond of L is to the rest of the compound, and the point of attachment of the right-most bond of L as written is understood to be R1. Thus, as a non-limiting example, when -L- is written as -CH2-S-, the points of attachment of -L- are understood to be as follows: "rest of molecule"-CH2-S-R1.
"Patient" includes both human and animals.
"Mammal" means humans and other mammalian animals.
"Halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
"Alkyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. "Lower alkyl" means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. "Alkyl" may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being as described herein or independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, spirocycloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, -NH(alkyl), -NH(cycloalkyl), -N(alkyl)2, -O-C(O)-alkyl, -O-C(O)-aryl, -O- C(O)-cycloalkyl, carboxy and -C(O)O-alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
"Haloalkyl" means an alkyl as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl is replaced by a halo group defined above.
"Heteroalkyl" means an alkyl moiety as defined above, having one or more carbon atoms, for example one, two or three carbon atoms, replaced with one or more heteroatoms, which may be the same or different, where the point of attachment to the remainder of the molecule is through a carbon atom of the heteroalkyl radical. Suitable such heteroatoms include O, S, and N. Non-limiting examples include ethers, thioethers, amines, hydroxymethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 1 ,2-dihydroxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl, and the like.
"Alkenyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain. "Lower alkenyl" means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. "Alkenyl" may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl. aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkoxy and -S(alkyl). Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl. "Alkylene" means a difunctional group obtained by removal of a hydrogen atom from an alkyl group that is defined above. Non-limiting examples of alkylene include methylene, ethylene and propylene. More generally, the suffix "ene" on alkyl, aryl, hetercycloalkyl, etc. indicates a divalent moiety, e.g., -CH2CH2- is ethylene, and is para-phenylene.
Figure imgf000015_0001
"Alkynyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. "Lower alkynyl" means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl and 3-methylbutynyl. "Alkynyl" may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and cycloalkyl.
"Alkenylene" means a difunctional group obtained by removal of a hydrogen from an alkenyl group that is defined above. Non-limiting examples of alkenylene include -CH=CH-, -C(CH3)=CH-, and -CH=CHCH2-.
"Aryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.
"Heteroaryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The "heteroaryl" can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. "Heteroaryl" may also include a heteroaryl as defined above fused to an aryl as defined above. Non- limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1 -b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl and the like. The term "heteroaryl" also refers to partially saturated heteroaryl moieties such as, for example, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl and the like.
"Cycloalkyl" means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1 -decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl include the following:
Figure imgf000017_0001
"Cycloalkenyl" means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkenyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohepta-1 ,3-dienyl, and the like. Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl, as well as unsaturated moieties of the examples shown above for cycloalkyl.
"Heterocycloalkyl" (or "heterocyclyl") means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. Any -NH in a heterocyclyl ring may exist protected such as, for example, as an -N(Boc), -N(CBz), -N(Tos) group and the like; such protections are also considered part of this invention. The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Thus, the term "oxide," when it appears in a definition of a variable in a general structure described herein, refers to the corresponding N-oxide, S- oxide, or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1 ,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and the like. "Heterocyclyl" also includes rings wherein =0 replaces two available hydrogens on the same carbon atom (i.e., heterocyclyl includes rings having a carbonyl group in the ring). Such =0 groups may be referred to herein as "oxo." Example of such moiety is pyrrolidone:
Figure imgf000019_0001
"Heterocycloalkenyl" (or "heterocyclenyl") means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, alone or in combination, and which contains at least one carbon- carbon double bond or carbon-nitrogen double bond. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclenyl rings contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclenyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. The heterocyclenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more ring system substituents, wherein "ring system substituent" is as defined above. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclenyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable heterocyclenyl groups include 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,2-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,4-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2- imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and the like. "Heterocyclenyl" also includes rings wherein =0 replaces two available hydrogens on the same carbon atom (i.e., heterocyclyl includes rings having a carbonyl group in the ring). Example of such moiety is pyrrolidinone:
Figure imgf000020_0001
It should be noted that in hetero-atom containing ring systems of this invention, there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N, O or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent to another heteroatom. Thus, for example, in the ring:
Figure imgf000020_0002
there is no -OH attached directly to carbons marked 2 and 5.
It should also be noted that tautomeric forms such as, for example, the moieties:
Figure imgf000020_0003
are considered equivalent in certain embodiments of this invention.
"Arylcycloalkyl" (or "arylfused cycloalkyl") means a group derived from a fused aryl and cycloalkyl as defined herein. Preferred arylcycloalkyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl (which may be referred to as "benzofused") and cycloalkyl consists of about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The arylcycloalkyl can be optionally substituted as described herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylcycloalkyls include indanyl (a benzofused cycloalkyl) and 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthyl and the like. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non- aromatic carbon atom. "Arylheterocycloalkyl" (or "arylfused heterocycloalkyl") means a group derived from a fused aryl and heterocycloalkyl as defined herein. Preferred arylcycloalkyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl (which may be referred to as "benzofused") and heterocycloalkyl consists of about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The arylheterocycloalkyl can be optionally substituted, and/or contain the oxide or oxo, as described herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylfused heterocycloalkyls include:
Figure imgf000021_0001
The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom. It is also understood that the terms "arylfused aryl-", "arylfused cycloalkyl-", "arylfused cycloalkenyl-", "arylfused heterocycloalkyl-", arylfused heterocycloalkenyl-", "arylfused heteroaryl-", "cycloalkylfused aryl-", "cycloalkylfused cycloalkyl-", "cycloalkylfused cycloalkenyl-", "cycloalkylfused heterocycloalkyl-", "cycloalkylfused heterocycloalkenyl-", "cycloalkylfused heteroaryl-, "cycloalkenylfused aryl-", "cycloalkenylfused cycloalkyl-", "cycloalkenylfused cycloalkenyl-", "cycloalkenylfused heterocycloalkyl-", "cycloalkenylfused heterocycloalkenyl-", "cycloalkenylfused heteroaryl-", "heterocycloalkylfused aryl-", "heterocycloalkylfused cycloalkyl-", "heterocycloalkylfused cycloalkenyl-", "heterocycloalkylfused heterocycloalkyl-", "heterocycloalkylfused heterocycloalkenyl-", "heterocycloalkylfused heteroaryl-", "heterocycloalkenylfused aryl-", "heterocycloalkenylfused cycloalkyl-", "heterocycloalkenylfused cycloalkenyl-", "heterocycloalkenylfused heterocycloalkyl-", "heterocycloalkenylfused heterocycloalkenyl-", "heterocycloalkenylfused heteroaryl-", "heteroarylfused aryl-", "heteroarylfused cycloalkyl-", "heteroarylfused cycloalkenyl-", "heteroarylfused heterocycloalkyl-", "heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenyl-", and "heteroarylfused heteroaryl-" are similarly represented by the combination of the groups aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, and heteroaryl, as previously described. Any such groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more ring system substituents at any available position as described herein. The point of attachment to the parent moiety, which may be indicated by a "-", is to the non-fused moiety.
"Aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2- phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. The term (and similar terms) may be written as "arylalkyl-" to indicate the point of attachment to the parent moiety.
Similarly, "heteroarylalkyl", "cycloalkylalkyl", "cycloalkenylalkyl", "heterocycloalkylalkyl", "heterocycloalkenylalkyl", etc., mean a heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, etc. as described herein bound to a parent moiety through an alkyl group. Preferred groups contain a lower alkyl group. Such alkyl groups may be straight or branched, unsubstituted and/or substituted as described herein.
Similarly, "arylfused arylalkyl-", arylfused cycloalkylalkyl-, etc., means an arylfused aryl group, arylfused cycloalkyl group, etc. linked to a parent moiety through an alkyl group. Preferred groups contain a lower alkyl group. Such alkyl groups may be straight or branched, unsubstituted and/or substituted as described herein.
"Alkylaryl" means an alkyl-aryl- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non- limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.
"Cycloalkylether" means a non-aromatic ring of 3 to 7 members comprising an oxygen atom and 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Ring carbon atoms can be substituted, provided that substituents adjacent to the ring oxygen do not include halo or substituents joined to the ring through an oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom. "Cycloalkylalkyl" means a cycloalkyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable cycloalkylalkyls include cyclohexylmethyl, adamantylmethyl, adamantylpropyl, and the like.
"Cycloalkenylalkyl" means a cycloalkenyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable cycloalkenylalkyls include cyclopentenylmethyl, cyclohexenylmethyl and the like.
"Heteroarylalkyl" means a heteroaryl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include 2-pyridinylmethyl, quinolinylmethyl and the like. "Heterocyclylalkyl" (or "heterocycloalkylalkyl") means a heterocyclyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable heterocyclylalkyls include piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl and the like.
"Heterocyclenylalkyl" means a heterocyclenyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.
"Alkynylalkyl" means an alkynyl-alkyl- group in which the alkynyl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred alkynylalkyls contain a lower alkynyl and a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynylalkyl groups include propargylmethyl. "Heteroaralkyl" means a heteroaryl-alkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyls contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include pyridylmethyl, and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. "Hydroxyalkyl" means a HO-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.
"Cyanoaikyl" means a CN-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred cyanalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable cyanoaikyl groups include cyanomethyl and 2-cyanoethyl.
"Acyl" means an H-C(O)-, alkyl-C(O)- or cycloalkyl-C(O)-, group in which the various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl and propanoyl.
"Aroyl" means an aryl-C(O)- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable groups include benzoyl and 1- naphthoyl.
"Alkoxy" means an alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Alkyoxyalkyl" means a group derived from an alkoxy and alkyl as defined herein. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. "Aryloxy" means an aryl-O- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Aralkyloxy" (or "arylalkyloxy") means an aralkyl-O- group (an arylaklyl-O- group) in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyloxy groups include benzyloxy and 1 - or 2- naphthalenemethoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Arylalkenyl" means a group derived from an aryl and alkenyl as defined herein. Preferred arylalkenyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and the alkenyl consists of about 3 to about 6 atoms. The arylalkenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R27 substituents. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.
"Arylalkynyl" means a group derived from a aryl and alkenyl as defined herein. Preferred aryialkynyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and the alkynyl consists of about 3 to about 6 atoms. The arylalkynyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R27 substituents. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.
"Aikylthio" means an alkyl-S- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aikylthio groups include methylthio and ethylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Arylthio" means an aryl-S- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio and naphthylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Aralkylthio" means an aralkyl-S- group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkylthio group is benzylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Alkoxycarbonyl" means an alkyl-O-CO- group. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. "Aryloxycarbonyl" means an aryl-O-C(O)- group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl and naphthoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Aralkoxycarbonyl" means an aralkyl-O-C(O)- group. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Alkylsulfonyl" means an alkyl-S(O2)- group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl. "Arylsulfonyl" means an aryl-S(O2)- group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
"Spriocycloalkyl" means a cycloalkyl group attached to a parent moiety at a single carbon atom. Non-limiting examples of spirocycloalkyl wherein the parent moiety is a cycloalkyl include spiro [2.5] octane, spiro [2.4] heptane, etc. Non-limiting examples of spriocycloalkyl wherein the parent moiety is an The alkyl moiety linking fused ring systems (such as the alkyl moiety in heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-) may optionally be substituted with spirocycloalkyl or other groups as described herein. Non-limiting spirocycloalkyl groups include spirocyclopropyl, spriorcyclobutyl, spirocycloheptyl, and spirocyclohexyl.
The term "substituted" means that one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existing circumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. By "stable compound' or "stable structure" it is meant a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
The term "optionally substituted" means optional substitution with the specified groups, radicals or moieties.
Substitution on a cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylfused cycloalkylalkyl- moiety or the like includes substitution on any ring portion and/or on the alkyl portion of the group.
When a variable appears more than once in a group, e.g., R7 in -N(R7J2, or a variable appears more than once in a structure presented herein such as Formula (I), the variables can be the same or different. "Compound(s) of the invention" (or "inventive compound(s)") refers, individually and/or collectively, to the inventive compounds encompassed by the general Formulas (I)-(VI) and (VIII), and the various embodiments described therein or the individual compounds encompassed thereby. With reference to the number of moieties (e.g., substituents, groups or rings) in a compound, unless otherwise defined, the phrases "one or more" and "at least one" mean that there can be as many moieties as chemically permitted, and the determination of the maximum number of such moieties is well within the knowledge of those skilled in the art. With respect to the compositions and methods comprising the use of "at least one compound of the invention, e.g., of Formula (I)," one to three compounds of the invention, e.g., of Formula (I), can be administered at the same time.
Compounds of the invention may contain one or more rings having one or more ring system substituents. "Ring system substituent" means a substituent attached to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring system which, for example, replaces an available hydrogen on the ring system. Ring system substituents may be the same or different, each being as described herein or independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, alkylheteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, acyl, aroyl, halo, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio, heteroaralkylthio, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, -0-C(O)- alkyl, -O-C(O)-aryl, -O-C(O)-cycloalkyl, -C(=N-CN)-NH2, -C(=NH)-NH2, -C(=NH)- NH(alkyl), YiY2N-, YiY2N-alkyl-, YiY2NC(O)-, YiY2NSO2- and -SO2NYiY2, wherein Yi and Y2 can be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, and aralkyl. "Ring system substituent" may also mean a single moiety which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbon atoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system. Examples of such moieties are rings such as heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkenyl rings. Additional non-limiting examples include methylene dioxy, ethylenedioxy, - C(CH3)2- and the like which form moieties such as, for example:
Figure imgf000028_0001
As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
The line -— ,as a bond generally indicates a mixture of, or either of, the possible isomers, e.g., containing (R)- and (S)- stereochemistry. For example:
means containing both and
Figure imgf000028_0004
Figure imgf000028_0002
Figure imgf000028_0003
The wavy line 1W^ , as used herein, indicates a point of attachment to the rest of the compound. For example, each wavy line in the following structure:
Figure imgf000028_0005
indicates a point of attachment to the core structure, as described herein. Lines drawn into the ring systems, such as, for example:
Figure imgf000028_0006
indicate that the indicated line (bond) may be attached to any of the substitutable ring carbon atoms. "Oxo" is defined as a oxygen atom that is double bonded to a ring carbon in a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyl, or other ring described herein, e.g.,
Figure imgf000029_0001
In this specification, where there are multiple oxygen and/or sulfur atoms in a ring system, there cannot be any adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur present in said ring system.
It is noted that the carbon atoms for compounds of the invention may be replaced with 1 to 3 silicon atoms so long as all valency requirements are satisfied.
As well known in the art, a bond drawn from a particular atom wherein no moiety is depicted at the terminal end of the bond indicates a methyl group bound through that bond to the atom, unless stated otherwise. For example:
represents
Figure imgf000029_0003
Figure imgf000029_0002
The term "purified", "in purified form" or "in isolated and purified form" for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being isolated from a synthetic process (e.g. from a reaction mixture), or natural source or combination thereof. Thus, the term "purified", "in purified form" or "in isolated and purified form" for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being obtained from a purification process or processes described herein or well known to the skilled artisan (e.g., chromatography, recrystallization and the like) in sufficient purity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques described herein or well known to the skilled artisan. It should also be noted that any carbon as well as heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and Tables herein is assumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy the valences. When a functional group in a compound is termed "protected", this means that the group is in modified form to preclude undesired side reactions at the protected site when the compound is subjected to a reaction. Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W. Greene etal, Protective Groups in organic Synthesis (1991 ), Wiley, New York.
As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts. Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press. The term "prodrug" means a compound (e.g, a drug precursor) that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound. The transformation may occur by various mechanisms (e.g., by metabolic or chemical processes), such as, for example, through hydrolysis in blood, in the gastrointestinal tract, or in the lungs. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987. For example, if a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as, for example, (Ci- C8)alkyl, (C2-Ci 2)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1 -(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1 -methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 - (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1 -methyl-1 - (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N- (alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1 -(N-
(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4- crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N-(CrC2)alkylamino(C2-C3)alkyl (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(CrC2)alkyl, N,N-di (d- C2)alkylcarbamoyl-(C1 -C2)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidine- or morpholino(C2- C3)alkyl, and the like.
Similarly, if a compound of the invention contains an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as, for example, (CrC6)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1- ((Ci-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1 -methyl-1 -((CrC6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (Cr C6)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(Ci -C6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (Ci-Ce)alkanoyl, α-amino(CrC4)alkanyl, arylacyl and α-aminoacyl, or α- aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(O)(OH)2, -P(O)(O(Ci -Ce)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate), and the like.
Compounds of the invention contain a hydroxyl group at the C-11 position. 11 -keto prodrugs of any of the compounds of the invention may be obtained by conversion of the starting core moiety from the C-11 hydroxy to the corresponding C-11 keto compound, then following the procedures described herein. Examples of prodrugs of the compounds of the invention are shown in Table 5 below.
If a compound of the invention incorporates an amine functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as, for example, R-carbonyl, RO-carbonyl, NRR'- carbonyl where R and R' are each independently (C1-CiO)alkyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural α-aminoacyl or natural α-aminoacyl, -C(OH)C(O)OY1 wherein Y1 is H, (CrC6)alkyl or benzyl, — C(OY2)Y3 wherein Y2 is (C1-C4) alkyl and Y3 is (CrC6)alkyl, carboxy (Ci-C6)alkyl, amino(CrC4)alkyl or mono-N— or di-N,N-(CrC6)alkylaminoalkyl, — C(Y4)Y5 wherein Y4 is H or methyl and Y5 is mono-N — or di-N,N-(CrC6)alkylamino morpholino, piperidin-1-yl or pyrrolidin-1-yl, and the like.
One or more compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms. "Solvate" means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. "Solvate" encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. "Hydrate" is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H2O. One or more compounds of the invention may optionally be converted to a solvate. Preparation of solvates is generally known. Thus, for example, M. Caira et al, J. Pharmaceutical Sci., 93(3). 601-611 (2004) describe the preparation of the solvates of the antifungal fluconazole in ethyl acetate as well as from water. Similar preparations of solvates, hemisolvate, hydrates and the like are described by E. C. van Tonder et al, AAPS PharmSciTech., 5[H, article 12 (2004); and A. L Bingham et al, Chem. Commun., 603-604 (2001). A typical, non-limiting, process involves dissolving the inventive compound in desired amounts of the desired solvent (organic or water or mixtures thereof) at a higher than ambient temperature, and cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to form crystals which are then isolated by standard methods. Analytical techniques such as, for example I. R. spectroscopy, show the presence of the solvent (or water) in the crystals as a solvate (or hydrate).
"Effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting the above-noted diseases and thus producing the desired therapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative effect.
The compounds of the invention can form salts which are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of the invention herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated. The term "salt(s)", as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of the invention contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions ("inner salts") may be formed and are included within the term "salt(s)" as used herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the invention may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of the invention with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, ascorbates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, fumarates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, naphthalenesulfonates, nitrates, oxalates, phosphates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) and the like. Additionally, acids which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by P. Stahl et al, Camille G. (eds.) Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts. Properties, Selection and Use. (2002) Zurich: Wiley-VCH; S. Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66(1 ) 1 -19: P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201 -217; Anderson et al, The
Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; and in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D. C. on their website). These disclosures are incorporated herein by reference thereto.
Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as dicyclohexylamines, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others.
All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.
Pharmaceutically acceptable esters of the present compounds include the following groups: (1 ) carboxylic acid esters obtained by esterification of the hydroxy groups, in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the carboxylic acid portion of the ester grouping is selected from straight or branched chain alkyl (for example, acetyl, n-propyl, t-butyl, or n-butyl), alkoxyalkyl (for example, methoxymethyl), aralkyl (for example, benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (for example, phenoxymethyl), aryl (for example, phenyl optionally substituted with, for example, halogen, Ci-4alkyl, or Ci-4alkoxy or amino); (2) sulfonate esters, such as alkyl- or aralkylsulfonyl (for example, methanesulfonyl); (3) amino acid esters (for example, L-valyl or L-isoleucyl); (4) phosphonate esters and (5) mono-, di- or triphosphate esters. The phosphate esters may be further esterified by, for example, a Ci-2o alcohol or reactive derivative thereof, or by a 2,3-di (C6-24)acyl glycerol.
Compounds of the invention, and salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.
The compounds of the invention may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and, therefore, exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the invention as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention. In addition, the present invention embraces all geometric and positional isomers. For example, if a compound of the invention incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention.
Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods well known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride), separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. Also, some of the compounds of the invention may be atropisomers (e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of this invention. Enantiomers can also be separated by use of chiral HPLC column.
It is also possible that the compounds of the invention may exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the invention. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention. All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts, solvates and esters of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention, as are positional isomers (such as, for example, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyl). (For example, if a compound of the invention incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention.).
Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms "salt", "solvate", "ester", "prodrug" and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate, ester and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, positional isomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds. The present invention also embraces isotopically-labelled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 180, 17O, 31P1 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36CI, respectively.
Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of the invention (e.g., those labeled with 3H and 14C) are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3H) and carbon- 14 (i.e., 14C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances, lsotopically labelled compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples hereinbelow, by substituting an appropriate isotopically labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent. Polymorphic forms of the compounds of the invention, and of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds of the invention, are intended to be included in the present invention.
The term "pharmaceutical composition" is also intended to encompass both the bulk composition and individual dosage units comprised of more than one (e.g., two or more) pharmaceutically active agents such as, for example, a compound of the present invention and an additional agent selected from the lists of the additional agents described herein, along with any pharmaceutically inactive excipients. The bulk composition and each individual dosage unit can contain fixed amounts of the afore-said "more than one pharmaceutically active agents". The bulk composition is material that has not yet been formed into individual dosage units. An illustrative dosage unit is an oral dosage unit such as tablets, pills, aerosols and other forms suitable for inhalation, and the like. Similarly, the herein-described method of treating a patient by administering a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also intended to encompass the administration of the afore-said bulk composition and individual dosage units.
The following embodiments (stated as "In one embodiment" or as "In another embodiment" or "In other embodiments" and the like) are independent of each other; different such embodiments can be independently selected and combined in various combinations. Such combinations should be considered as part of the invention.
In all the embodiments shown below, where moieties for more than one variable are listed for the same embodiment, each variable should be considered as being selected independently of one another.
In the various embodiments described herein, unless otherwise stated, variables of each of the general formulas not explicitly defined in the context of the respective formula are as defined in the formula to which they refer.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (I) as described above and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, and isomers of said compounds.
In one embodiment, in Formula (I), ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 1 ring heteroatom, wherein said ring heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.
In one embodiment, in Formula (I), ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 1 ring heteroatom, wherein said ring heteroatom is N.
In one embodiment, in Formula (I), ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 1 ring heteroatom, wherein said ring heteroatom is O. In one embodiment, in Formula (I), ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 1 ring heteroatom, wherein said ring heteroatom is S.
In one embodiment, in Formula (I), ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein each said ring heteroatom is independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.
In one embodiment, in Formula (I), ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 2 ring nitrogen atoms.
In one embodiment, in Formula (I), ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one said ring heteroatom is N and the other said ring heteroatom is O.
In one embodiment, in Formula (I), ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one said ring heteroatom is N and the other said ring heteroatom is S.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (N-A):
Figure imgf000039_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond, and wherein L, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A), z is a single bond.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A1):
Figure imgf000040_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond, and wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A1), z is a single bond.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A1 ), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A2):
Figure imgf000041_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond, and wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2), z is a single bond.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A2.1 ):
Figure imgf000041_0002
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond; R100 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl-, and heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, wherein each said R100 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, -CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl and heteroaryl; and R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or, alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2.1 ), z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2.1), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A2.2):
Figure imgf000042_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond; R100 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl-, and heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, wherein each said R100 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl and heteroaryl;
one of R21 and R22 is hydrogen and the other is selected from the group consisting of CrC2 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, fluorine, and hydroxyl; and R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or, alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2.2), z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2.2), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2.2), one of R21 and R22 is hydrogen and the other is selected from the group consisting of methyl and -CF3.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A2.3):
Figure imgf000044_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond; R100 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl-, and heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, wherein each said R100 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl and heteroaryl; and
R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2.3), z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A2.3), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A3):
Figure imgf000045_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond;
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A3), z is a single bond.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A3), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A4):
Figure imgf000045_0002
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: n is 0 or 1 ; and z represents an optional single or double bond;
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A4), z is a single bond.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-A4), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (M-B):
Figure imgf000046_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond;
L, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein. In one embodiment, in Formula (M-B), z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (II-B), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-C):
Figure imgf000047_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond; L, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (II-C), z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (II-C), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (III):
Figure imgf000048_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond; L, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein. In one embodiment, in Formula (III), z is a single bond.
In one embodiment, in Formula (III), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000048_0002
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond;
L, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (IV), z is a single bond.
In one embodiment, in Formula (IV), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (V):
Figure imgf000049_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein: z represents an optional single or double bond;
R j12 and R i13 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are shown attached to form a 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, a 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkyl- ring, or a 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkenyl- ring, wherein each said 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkyl ring, and said 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkenyl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents, which may be the same or different, independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, haloalkyl, -alkyl-CN, alkoxy, aryl, halo-substituted aryl,
-O-aryl, -O-alkyl-aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl-, arylalkoxy, haloalkoxy, -N(R7)2, -alkylN(R7)2) -NC(O)R7, -CO2R7, -SO2R7, and -SO2N(R7)2; and
R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (V), rings represented by -NR11R12 are selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000050_0001
In one embodiment, in Formula (V), z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (V), z is a double bond.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (Vl):
Figure imgf000051_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, tautomers, and/or isomers thereof, wherein:
R1 is cycloalkyl which is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 groups, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, haloalkyl, -alkyl-CN, alkoxy, spirocycloalkyl, aryl, halo-substituted aryl, -O-aryl, -O-alkyl-aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl-, arylalkoxy, haloalkoxy, -N(R7)2, -alkylN(R7)2, -NC(O)R7, -CO2R7, -SO2R7, and -SO2N(R7)2;
Z represents an optional single or double bond; R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each as defined in Formula (I), or alternatively, are as described in each of the other various embodiments described herein.
In one embodiment, in Formula (Vl)1-L-R1 is selected from the group
consisting of:
Figure imgf000051_0002
and
Figure imgf000051_0003
In one embodiment, in Formula (Vl), z is a single bond. In one embodiment, in Formula (Vl), z is a double bond. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-B), (II-C), (III), and (IV):
L is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of
, and
Figure imgf000052_0002
Figure imgf000052_0001
, wherein G is N or CH and n is an integer from 0 to 2, with the proviso that when n is 0, G is CH.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-B), (II-C), (III), and (IV): L is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -CH2S-, -SCH2-, -CH2O-, -CH2-S-CH2-C(O)-NH-, -CH2O-, -CH2-OC(O)-NH-, -CH2S(O)-, -CH2S(O)2-, -NR11-, -N(R11)-C(O)-, -N(R11)-S(O)-, -N(R11J-S(O)2-, -NR11O-, -CH2N(R11)-, -CH2-N(R1VC(O)-, -CH2-N(R11)-C(O)-N(R11)-, -CH2-N(R11)-C(O)O-, -CH2-N(R11)-OC(O)-, -CH2N(R11)C(=NH)NR11-, -CH2-N(R11J-S(O)-, and -CH2-N(R11J-S(O)2-.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-B), (II-C), (III), and (IV):
-L- is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of -CH2S-, -S-, -CH2-, -OCH2-, -CH2O-, -SCH2-, and-NR11-. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (Il-B), (II-C), (III), and (IV):
-L- is -CH2S-.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (Il-A), (Il-B), (M-C), (III), and (IV): -L- is -S-. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-B), (M-C), (Ml), and (IV):
-L- is -CH2-.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (M-B), (II-C), (III), and (IV):
-L- is -OCH2-.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (U-A), (II-B), (II-C), (III), and (IV): -L- Js -CH2O-.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (M-B), (M-C), (III), and (IV):
-L- is , -SCH2-.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (M-B), (M-C), (III), and (IV):
-L- is , and-NR11-, wherein R11 is H.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (M-B), (M-C), (III), and (IV):
-L- is , and-NR11-, wherein R11 is alkyl. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-B), (M-C), (III), and (IV):
-L- is , and-NR11-, wherein R11 is selected from the group consisting of methyl and ethyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (U-B), (M-C), (III), (IV): R1 is selected from the group consisting of -CN, (CrC6) alkyl, and (CrC6) alkynyl. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): R1 is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl, phenylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused phenyl, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7- membered cycloalkylfused phenyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroaryl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heteroaryl-, benzofused 4- to 6- membered heteroarylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroaryl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylalkyl-, 4- to 6- membered heterocycloalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, 4- to 6- membered heterocycloalkenyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R1 and each said heterofused containing moiety of R1 independently contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S,
wherein each said R1 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy-, hydroxyalkyl-, heteroalkyl, cyanoalkyl-, alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted -O-aryl, optionally substituted -O-alkyl-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted arylalkyl-, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl-, optionally substituted -O-heterocycloalkyl, -N(R7)2, -alkylN(R7)2, -NC(O)R7, -C(O)R7, -CO2R7, -SO2R7, and -SO2N(R7)2, wherein said optional substituents are present from 1 to 4 times and may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -CN, and -N(R11)2;
and wherein the benzo portion of each said benzofused R1 group is optionally further fused to another ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkenyl,
and wherein the alkyl- portion of said phenylalkyl-, naphthylalkyl-, A- to 6-membered heteroarylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, of R1 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, and spirocycloalkyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is alkyl. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is alkyl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl include methyl, ethyl, propyl (π-propyl and /-propyl), butyl (/7-butyl, /-butyl, and f-butyl), pentyl (straight or branched), hexyl (straight or branched), octyl (straight or branched), and the like.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (M-C)1 (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is alkynyl. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is alkynyl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: lower alkynyl. Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl include ethynyl, propynyl (straight or branched), butynyl (straight or branched), pentynyl (straight or branched), hexynyl (straight or branched), octynyl (straight or branched), and the like. In one such non-limiting
embodiment, R1 is
Figure imgf000056_0001
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is aryl. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is aryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include phenyl and naphthyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is arylalkyl- Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is arylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the aryl portion of arylalkyl- is selected from the group consisting o phenyl and naphthyl, and wherein the alkyl portion of said arylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), is selected from the group consisting of divalent lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of divalent lower alkyl include - methyl-, -ethyl-, -propyl- (n-propyl and /-propyl), -butyl- (n-butyl, /-butyl, and t- butyl), -pentyl- (straight or branched), -hexyl- (straight or branched), -octyl- (straight or branched), and the like. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is heteroaryl. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazinyl, and benzothiazolyl. The point of attachment of said R1 group to -L- is by replacement of any available hydrogen atom on a ring carbon or ring heteroatom.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is heteroarylalkyl-. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is heteroarylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: those moieties wherein the heteroaryl portion of said heteroarylalkyl- is selected from heteroaryl as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said heteroarylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R1 to -L- is through the alkyl- group.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (Ii-AI ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B)1 (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is cycloalkyl. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is cycloalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adarnantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl are also described herein. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V)1 (Vl)1 R1 is cycloalkylalkyl-. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is cycloalkylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said cycloalkylalkyl- is selected a cycloalkyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said cycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R1 to -L- is through the alkyl- group.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A)1 (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B)1 (II-C)1 (III), (IV)1 (V), (Vl), R1 is cycloalkenyl. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is cycloalkenyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include unsaturated versions of any of the following: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include unsaturated versions of any of the following: 1 -decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkenyl are also described herein.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (U-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is cycloalkenylalkyl-. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is cycloalkenylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the cycloalkenyl portion of said cycloalkenylalkyl- is selected a cycloalkenyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said cycloalkenylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R1 to -L- is through the alkyl- group.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is heterocycloalkyl. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is heterocycloalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1 ,4- dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and oxides and oo-substituted versions thereof.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is heterocycloalkylalkyk Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is heterocycloalkylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include ), include those moieties wherein the heterocycloalkyl portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected a heterocycloalkyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R1 to -L- is through the alkyl- group.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is heterocycloalkenyl. Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is heterocycloalkenyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,2-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,4-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2- imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and the like, and oxides thereof or oxo-substituted versions thereof. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is heterocycloalkenylalkyk Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is heterocycloalkenylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the heterocycloalkenyl portion of said heterocycloalkenylalkyl- is selected a heterocycloalkenyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R1 to -L- is through the alkyl- group.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 comprises a multicyclic moiety wherein an aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl moiety (non-limiting examples of which are as described above) is fused to another moiety selected from the group consisting of aryl, arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenylalkyl- (non- limiting examples of which moieties are as described above). In such moieties, the point of attachment of R1 is indicated by "-".
Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is benzofused 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include:
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000061_0002
Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is heteroarylfused 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7) as described herein), include:
Figure imgf000061_0003
Non-limiting examples of R1, when R1 is heteroarylfused aryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7) as described herein), include:
Figure imgf000061_0004
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000062_0002
wherein each said group R1 is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, -CN, -N(R11)2, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl, heterocycloalkyl, and heteroaryl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (M-C), (III), (IV):
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -CN and alkynyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV):
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000064_0002
Figure imgf000065_0001
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I)1 (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): the alkyl- portion of said phenylalkyl-, naphthylalkyl-, 4- to 6- membered heteroarylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, of R1 is optionally substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, and spirocycloalkyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): the alkyl- portion of said phenylalkyl-, naphthylalkyl-, 4- to 6- membered heteroarylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylalkyl-,
3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused
4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, of R1 is optionally substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C3) alkyl, and
(C1-C3) haloalkyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): the alkyl- portion of said phenylalkyl-, naphthylalkyl-, 4- to 6- membered heteroarylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, of R1 is optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected from the group consisting of spirocycloalkyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B)1 (M-C), (III), (IV): the alkyl- portion of said phenylalkyl-, naphthylalkyl-, 4- to 6- membered heteroarylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to
6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylalkyl-,
3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused
4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, of R1 is optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected from the group consisting of spirocyclopropyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (M-C), (III), (IV): the alkyl- portion of said phenylalkyl-, naphthylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 4- to 6- membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6- membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl- of R1 is a moiety of the formula:
Figure imgf000068_0001
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): the alkyl- portion of said phenylalkyl-, naphthylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 4- to 6- membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6- membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl- of R1 is a moiety of the formula:
Figure imgf000068_0002
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I)1 (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): the alkyl- portion of said phenylalkyl-, naphthylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylfused phenylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylfused phenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 4- to 6- membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkylalkyl-, 3- to 7-membered cycloalkenylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused A- to 6-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and 4- to 6-membered heteroarylfused 4- to 6- membered heterocycloalkenylalkyl- of R1 is a moiety of the formula:
Figure imgf000069_0001
, wherein one of R21 and R22 is hydrogen and the other is selected from the group consisting of C1-C2 alkyl, CrC2 haloalkyl, fluorine, and hydroxyl. In other such embodiments, one of R21 and R22 is hydrogen and the other is selected from the group consisting of methyl and -CF3.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): R1 is unsubstituted. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (N-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): R1 is substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): R1 is substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): R1 is substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): R1 is substituted with 1 substituent. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV): R1 is substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, -N(R11)2, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted arylalkoxy.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is-OH.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is-OH; R3 is selected from the group consisting of H and methyl; R4 is H; and R5 is H. In other such embodiments, R3 is H.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (Il-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (Ii-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is-OH; R3 is selected from the group consisting of H and methyl; R4 is halo; and R5 is halo. In other such embodiments, R3 is H.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is-OH; R3 is selected from the group consisting of H and methyl; R4 is alkyl; and R5 is alkyl- |n otner such embodiments, R3 is H.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (Il-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is-OH; R3 is selected from the group consisting of H and methyl; R4 is halo; and R5 is alkyl. In other such embodiments, R3 is H. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (Il-A), (II-A1), (II-A2),
(II-A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is-OH; R3 is selected from the group consisting of H and methyl; R4 is alkyl; and R5 is halo. In other such embodiments, R3 is H. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is selected from the group consisting of -OH and -OC(O)R9. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2),
(II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (M-C), (HI), (IV), (V), (Vl): R9 is unsubstituted.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A)1 (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R9 is substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (HI), (IV), (V), (Vl): R9 is substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R9 is substituted with 1 substituent.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B)1 (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R9 is substituted with from 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, and haloalkyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R9 is unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2),
(II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R9 is unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkenyl. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R9 is unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (U-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is
Figure imgf000072_0001
, wherein J is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, or the oxides thereof.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (Il-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is
Figure imgf000072_0002
Figure imgf000072_0004
and
Figure imgf000072_0003
wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R7)2,
and CN. In other embodiments, R2 is:
Figure imgf000072_0005
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2),
(II-A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (HI), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is
Figure imgf000072_0006
Figure imgf000072_0007
and
Figure imgf000072_0008
wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R7)2, and CN; R3 is selected from the group consisting of
H and methyl; R4 is H; and R5 is H. In other embodiments, R2 i Js
Figure imgf000073_0007
and R3 is H. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2),
(II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): ): R2 is
selected from the group consisting
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000073_0003
and
Figure imgf000073_0002
wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R7)2, and CN; R3 is selected from the group consisting of
H and methyl; R4 is halo; and R5 is halo. In other such embodiments, R2 is
Figure imgf000073_0004
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is
selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000073_0005
Figure imgf000073_0006
and
Figure imgf000073_0008
wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R7)2, and CN; R3 is selected from the group consisting of H and methyl; R4 is alkyl; and R5 is alkyl. In other such embodiments, R2 is
Figure imgf000074_0008
and R3 is H.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is
9 O Q
selected from the group consisting of >:
Figure imgf000074_0001
° > %- ? * >
Figure imgf000074_0003
» — ' , ^/ , \^ , and
Figure imgf000074_0002
^ — ' , wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R7)2, and CN; R3 is selected from the group consisting of
H and methyl; R4 is halo; and R5 is alkyl. In other such embodiments, R2 is
Figure imgf000074_0007
. and Fr is H.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is
9 O Q
selected from the group cons «ist*ing o
Figure imgf000074_0004
f>oXU, ^ - λ
Figure imgf000074_0005
* — ' , ^/ , \--/ , and
Figure imgf000074_0006
, wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R7)2) and CN; R3 is selected from the group consisting of
H and methyl; R4 is alkyl; and R5 is halo. In other such embodiments, R2 is
Figure imgf000075_0005
ύ; and R* is H.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is a
moiety selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000075_0002
and
Figure imgf000075_0006
, wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R7J2, and CN.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (U-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is
Figure imgf000075_0003
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is
Figure imgf000075_0004
and R3 is methyl. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, and methyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (HI), (IV), (V), (Vl): R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (HI), (IV), (V), (Vl): R3 is hydrogen.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R3 is hydroxy. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R3 is alkyl. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R3 is methyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R3 is ethyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV)1 (V), (Vl): R3 is straight or branched propyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is -OR8, wherein R8 is hydrogen, and R3 is methyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 is -OR8, wherein R8 is hydrogen, and R3 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 and R3 are taken together form a moiety of formula 2:
Figure imgf000077_0001
wherein X and Y are each alkyl, In other such embodiments, X and Y are each methyl. In another such embodiment, X and Y are each ethyl. In another such embodiment, X is methyl and Y is ethyl. In another such embodiment, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, and cycloalkyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of methyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of ethyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of straight or branched propyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of straight or branched butyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl. In other such embodiments, X is hydrogen and Y is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 and R3 are taken together form a moiety of formula:
Figure imgf000077_0002
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 and R3 are taken together form a moiety of formula:
Figure imgf000078_0001
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (N-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 and R3 are taken together form a moiety of formula:
Figure imgf000078_0002
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 and R3 are taken together form a moiety selected from the group consisting of :
Figure imgf000078_0004
,
Figure imgf000078_0003
, and , w hhere .in sa ,iHd cycloalkyl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R7)2) and CN.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (N-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 and R3 are
taken together form a moiety of the formula:
Figure imgf000078_0005
, wherein the phenyl group of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R7)2, and CN.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R2 and R3 are taken together form a moiety of formula 3:
Figure imgf000079_0001
In other such embodiments, R10 is H. In other such embodiments, R10 is alkyl. in another such embodiment, R10 is methyl. In other such embodiments, R10 is ethyl. In other such embodiments, R10 is straight or branched propyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is hydrogen.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (U-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is halogen.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (U-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is fluoro.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B). (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is chloro.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R5 is methyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R5 is ethyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R5 is straight or branched propyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R5 is halogen. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R5 is fluoro.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (II-C), (III), (IV)1 (V), (Vl): R5 is chloro.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is hydrogen and R5 is hydrogen.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is hydrogen and R5 is halogen.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is hydrogen and R5 is fluoro. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B)1 (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is hydrogen and R5 is chloro.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (M-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is hydrogen and R5 is alkyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is hydrogen and R5 is methyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is hydrogen and R5 is ethyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is hydrogen and R5 is straight or branched propyl. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is halogen and R5 is hydrogen.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is halogen and R5 is halogen.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is fluoro and R5 is fluoro.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B)1 (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is chloro and R5 is chloro. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is halogen and R5 is alkyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is halogen and R5 is methyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is halogen and R5 is ethyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is halogen and R5 is straight or branched propyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R4 is fluoro or chloro and R5 is methyl. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, -O-heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkyl, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl, benzofused heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenyl, and heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S, and wherein each said R6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7).
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, -O-heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkyl, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl, benzofused heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenyl, and heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N1 O, and S, and wherein each said R6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 2 groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7).
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN,
-alkyl-OH, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, -O-heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkyl, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl, benzofused heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenyl, and heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S, and wherein each said R6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7).
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B)1 (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, naphthyl, benzofused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S, and wherein each said R6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7).
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S, and wherein each said R6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7).
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, haloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, benzofused 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, benzofused 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl, benzofused 5- to 6-membered heteroarylalkyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydropyran, and tetrahydrofuran, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S, and wherein each said R6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7).
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is H.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (Il-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is alkyl (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein). Non-limiting examples of Rβ, when R6 is alkyl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7) as described herein), include: lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl (which may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein) include methyl, ethyl, propyl (n- propyl and /-propyl), butyl (π-butyl, /-butyl, and f-butyl), pentyl (straight or branched), hexyl (straight or branched), octyl (straight or branched), etc.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is selected from the group consisting of -alkyl-CN and -alkyl-OH (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein). Non-limiting examples of the alkyl portion of said -alkyl-CN and -alkyl-OH (which may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein) include Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl include methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl and /-propyl), butyl (n-butyl, /-butyl, and f-butyl), pentyl (straight or branched), hexyl (straight or branched), octyl (straight or branched), etc., as described above.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (M-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is alkoxy (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein). Non-limiting examples of the alkyl portion of said alkoxy (which may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein) include methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl and /- propyl), butyl (π-butyl, /-butyl, and f-butyl), pentyl (straight or branched), hexyl (straight or branched), octyl (straight or branched), etc., as described above. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (M-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is heteroalkyl (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein). Non- limiting examples of R6, when R6 is heteroalkyl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7) as described herein), include: ethers and thioethers and other heteroalkyl groups as described herein.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (U-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is -O-heteroalkyl (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein). Non- limiting examples of the heteroalkyl portion of said -O-heteroalkyl include the heteroalkyl groups described above.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is haloalkyl (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein). Non-limiting examples of said haloalkyl groups (which may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein) include those alkyl groups described above in which one or more available hydrogen atoms of said alkyl group is replaced with one or more halogen groups, respectively. Additional non-limiting examples of R6 when R6 is haloalkyl include -CF3, -CHF2, -CH2F, -CH2CF3, -CHFCF3, -CF2CF3, -CH2CHF2, -CHFCH2F, -CF2CF3, etc.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is aryl (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein). Non-limiting examples of R6 when R6 is aryl (which may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein) include phenyl and naphthyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is arylalkyl- (which is unsubstituted or substituted as described herein). Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is arylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the aryl portion of said arylalkyl- is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and wherein the alkyl portion of said arylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein) is selected from the group consisting of divalent lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of divalent lower alkyl include -methylene-, -ethylene-, -propylene- (straight or branched), -butylene- (straight or branched), -pentylene- (straight or branched), -hexylene- (straight or branched), -octylene- (straight or branched), etc., as described above. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is heteroaryl. Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazinyl, and benzothiazolyl. The point of attachment of said R1 group to -L- is by replacement of any available hydrogen atom on a ring carbon or ring heteroatom.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V)1 (Vl), R6 is heteroarylalkyk Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is heteroarylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: those moieties wherein the heteroaryl portion of said heteroarylalkyl- is selected from heteroaryl as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said heteroarylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R6 to ring A is through the alkyl- group.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is cycloalkyl. Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is cycloalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl are also described herein. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is cycloalkylalkyl-. Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is cycloalkylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said cycloalkylalkyl- is selected a cycloalkyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said cycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R6 to ring A is through the alkyl- group.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is cycloalkenyl. Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is cycloalkenyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include unsaturated versions of any of the following: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include unsaturated versions of any of the following: 1 -decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkenyl are also described herein.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I)1 (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is cycloalkenylalkyl-. Non-limiting examples of R6 when R6 is cycloalkenylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the cycloalkenyl portion of said cycloalkenylalkyl- is selected a cycloalkenyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said cycloalkenylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R6to ring A is through the alkyl- group.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R1 is heterocycloalkyl. Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is heterocycloalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1 ,4- dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and oxides and oo-substituted versions thereof. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is heterocycloalkylalkyl-. Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is heterocycloalkylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include ), include those moieties wherein the heterocycloalkyl portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected a heterocycloalkyl group as described herein, and wherein said alkyl- portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R6 to ring A is through the alkyl- group.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (N-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is heterocycloalkenyl. Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is heterocycloalkenyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include: 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,2-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,4-dihydropyridinyl, 1 ,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridinyl, 1 ,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2- imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and the like, and oxides thereof or oxo-substituted versions thereof. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C)1 (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 is heterocycloalkenylalkyk Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is heterocycloalkenylalkyl- (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted as described herein), include those moieties wherein the heterocycloalkenyl portion of said heterocycloalkenylalkyl- is selected a heterocycloalkenyl group as described herein, and wherein said alky!- portion of said heterocycloalkylalkyl- is selected from divalent -alkyl-, as described herein. The point of attachment of said R6 to ring A is through the alkyl- group. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl), R6 comprises a multicyclic moiety wherein an aryl (e.g., benzo), heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl moiety (each of which moieties may be unsubstituted or substituted as described herein) (non-limiting examples of which multicyclic moieties are as described above) is fused to another moiety selected from the group consisting of aryl, arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenylalkyl- (non-limiting examples of which moieties are as described above). In such moieties, the point of attachment of R6 to ring A is indicated by "-".
Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is benzofused 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7) as described herein), include:
Figure imgf000091_0001
, and
Figure imgf000091_0002
Figure imgf000091_0003
Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is heteroarylfused 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7) as described herein), include:
Figure imgf000092_0001
Non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is heteroarylfused aryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7) as described herein), include:
Figure imgf000092_0002
Further non-limiting examples of R6, when R6 is heteroaryl (which may be unsubstituted or further substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7) as described herein), include: pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazinyl, and benzothiazolyl. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, haloalkyl, unsubstituted phenyl; phenyl substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkoxy; unsubstituted pyridyl; pyridyl substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkoxy; oxanyl; oxanyl substituted with 1 group selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkoxy; and unsubsituted and substituted benzofused heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000093_0002
, wherein said substitutents (when present) are selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkoxy.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (Il-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -((CrC4) straight or
branched alkyl)-CN, -((Ci-C4) straight or branched alkyl)-OH,
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000094_0002
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B)1 (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R6 is H.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I)1 (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B)1 (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R6 is -((Ci-C6) straight or branched alkyl).
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A)1 (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R6 is methyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B)1 (II-C)1 (III), (IV)1 (V), (Vl): R6 is f-butyl.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I)1 (M-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B)1 (II-C)1 (III), (IV), (V)1 (Vl):
R6 is haloalkyl (straight or branched). In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I)1 (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV)1 (V)1 (Vl): R6 is -((CrC4) straight or branched alkyl)-CN. In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl): R6 is -((C1-C4)straight or branched alkyl)-OH.
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
Figure imgf000095_0001
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
Figure imgf000095_0002
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (Il-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
Figure imgf000095_0003
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (Il-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (HI), (IV), (V), (Vl):
Figure imgf000095_0004
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (Il-A), (II-A1 ), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
R6 is
Figure imgf000095_0005
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (M-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
Figure imgf000096_0001
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV)1 (V), (Vl):
Figure imgf000096_0002
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II- A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
Figure imgf000096_0003
In other embodiments, in each of Formulas (I), (II-A), (II-A1), (II-A2), (II-
A2.1 ), (ll-A-2.2), (ll-A-2.3), (II-A4), (II-B), (II-C), (III), (IV), (V), (Vl):
Figure imgf000096_0004
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention have the general structure shown in Formula (II-A):
Figure imgf000097_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, or isomers thereof, wherein:
-L- is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of -CH2S-, -S-, -CH2-, -OCH2-, -CH2O-, -SCH2-, and-NR11-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000097_0002
Figure imgf000098_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of -OH and
Figure imgf000098_0002
Figure imgf000098_0003
Figure imgf000098_0004
wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(FV)2, and CN;
R3 is H;
R4 is H; R5 is H; and
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -((CrC4) straight or
branched alkyl)-CN, -((Ci-C4) straight or branched alkyl)-OH,
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000099_0002
Figure imgf000099_0003
and and each R7 and each R11is as defined in Formula (I). Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include the compounds of Tables 1 -5 shown in the preparative examples below and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, and isomers thereof.
PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES Generally, the compounds of the invention can be prepared by a variety of methods well known to those skilled in the art, for example, by the methods as outlined below. The examples should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure. Alternative mechanistic pathways and analogous structures will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Generally, the compounds having the general structure shown in
Formula A can be prepared by the following procedure:
Figure imgf000100_0001
Scheme 1: Thioether analogs of A ring Pyrazole.
Figure imgf000100_0002
Step i
T
Figure imgf000101_0001
To a suspension of hydrocortisone 1 (1.5 g, 4.15 mmol) in CH2Ck (60 ml_) was added formaldehyde (23.7 ml_, 37 Wt % solution in water), cone. HCl (23.7 mL). The bilayer system was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. The organic layer was separated, washed with saturated NaHCOa solution, water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The resulting crude product was flushed through a short pad of silica gel plug to give 2.05 g of the mixture of 2 (major) and 2' (minor). Without further purification, the mixture was used for the next step.
Step 2
3'
Figure imgf000101_0002
To a stirred solution of 2 and 2' mixture (2.05 g, 5.08 mmol) and methyl formate (1.5 mL, 25.40 mmol) in toluene (11 ml_) was added 60 % NaH (409 mg, 10.68 mmol) at 0 °C. After 10 min at 0 °C, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3.5 hr. 1 N HCl (aq) was added and the mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (x3) . The combined organic layer was extracted with 1 N NaOH (x3). The aqueous solution was reacidified with 6 N HCl and subsequently re-extracted with CH2CI2. The solvent was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 1.7 g of the mixture of 3 (major) and 3' (minor). Without further purification, the mixture was used for the next step.
Step 3
Figure imgf000102_0001
To a stirred solution of the mixture 3 and 3' (1.7 g, 3.93 mmol) in HOAc (33 mL) was added solution of NaOAc (322.3 mg, 3.93 mmol) and A- fluorophenyldydrazine-HCl (639 mg, 3.93 mmol) in HOAc (16 mL) and H2O (8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 7 hrs. 1 N HCl was added followed by extraction with CH2CI2. The organic layer was washed with H2O (x2), saturated NaHCO3 (aq), H2O and brine solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 2.05 g of the crude mixture product of 4 (major) and 4' (minor). Without further purification, the mixture was used for the next step.
Step 4
Figure imgf000103_0001
To a stirred solution of the mixture of 4 and 4' (16g, 30.6 mmol) in THF (90 ml_) was added 50 % formic acid (500 ml_). The reaction mixture was heated to 95-98 °C for 5 hrs. After cooling down, formic acid was evaporated in vacuo. Cold water was added to the crude product, and yellow solid was precipitated and washed with cold H2O (x3). The solid was purified by column chromatography to give 4.5 g of 5.
Figure imgf000103_0002
To a solution of the pyrazole 7 ( 0.76g, 1.58mmol) in dichloromethane was tretaed with Hunig's base and followed by dropwise addition of methanesulfonyl chloride at O°C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4-6 hours. The reaction mixture was taken in to a separatory funnel, diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 10% HCl, water, brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filatration and removal of solvent gave the mesylate 7 in good yield (0.8g, 91%, M+1 = 559.3).
Step 6
Figure imgf000104_0001
A solution of the mesylate 7 (50mg, 0.0896mmol), thiol (24mg, 0.143mmol) and potassium carbonate (62mg, 0.449 mmol) in acetone was heated at 80 °C for 6-8 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vaccuo and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using dichloromethane and methanol to afford compound 8 ( 0.008g, 13%, M+1 = 630.3)
General procedure for the Furoate synthesis:
Figure imgf000105_0001
DMAP (0.071 g, .584mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (3mL) under Nitrogen. The solution was cooled to 0 °C and 2-furoyl chloride (0.007mL,
0.076mmol) was added dropwise. Starting material 9 (.045g, .073mmol) was then taken up in methylene chloride (3mL) and added to the solution, dropwise.
The solution went from O°C to room temperature for 24 hours. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and the material was purified on the Gilson HPLC using a gradient of 45% to 90% acetonitrile and water with 0.1% formic acid to afford the final compound 10 [ 1.3mg, 2%] (M+1 : 709.82).
Using procedures described above for compound 1-1 , compounds 1 through 133 were prepared as disclosed in Table 1. Table 1 :
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Generally, the compounds having the general structure shown in Formula B can be prepared by the following procedure:
Figure imgf000162_0001
Scheme 2. C-20 amides of A ring modified Pyrazoles.
Figure imgf000162_0002
Step i)
Figure imgf000162_0003
To a solution of the compound 6 (0.28g, .58mmol) in THF (3mL) and methanol (1 mL), was added, drop-wise, a warmed solution (-500C) of NaIO4 in water (2mL). Reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Residue was filtered, washed with water and dried under vacuum to afford the product 7 ( 0.24g, 90% )
Figure imgf000163_0001
To a solution of pyrazole 7 (0.05Og, 0.107mmol) in dichloromethane (5mL) and DMF (I mL) was added amine (0.017g, 0.117mmol), EDC (0.03Og, 0.160mmol), HOBT (0.021 g, 0.160mmol), and triethylamine (0.037mL, 0.267mmol), respectively. Solution heated to 55°C for 22 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 20% of 20% methanol in dichloromethane solution in dichloromethane to afford the product 8 a white solid (8mg, 12%).
Alternate coupling procedure:
Figure imgf000163_0002
To a stirred solution of 9 (122 mg, 0.261 mmol) in DMF (3.70 mL) was added amine (57.6 mg, 0.339 mmol), EDC (75 mg, 0.391 mmol), HOBT (52.8 mg, 0.391 mmol), and triethylamine (109 μl_, 0.783 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into sat. NaHCO3 (aq) solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with EtOAc/Hexanes (1/1 ) to afford the desired product, 2-1 (75.6 mg, 50 %) as a white foam. Using procedures described above for compound 2-1, compounds 1 through 25 were prepared as disclosed in Table 2.
Table 2:
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Generally, compounds of Formula C can be prepared by the following the procedure.
Figure imgf000177_0001
Scheme 3. C21-thioether analogues of A-ring isoxazole.
Figure imgf000178_0001
Stepi)
Figure imgf000179_0001
To a stirred solution of [086152-105-29] (5 g, 10.5 mmol) in acetic acid (33 ml_) was added a solution of hydroxylamine-HCl (802 mg, 11.5 mol ) and sodium acetate-3H2O (1.44 g, 10.6 mmol) in H2O (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. Distilled water (150 mL) was added and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O and brine solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The resulting light yellow foam 12 was used for the next step without further purification.
Figure imgf000179_0002
To a stirred solution of 12 (4.5 g, 9.50 mmol) in THF (47 mL) was added 50% formic acid (475 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated to 95 °C for 2 hrs and then cooled to room temperature. The formic acid was evaporated by rotary evaporator and the residue was redissolved in MeOH (47 mL) and 1 N NaOH (-10 mL) was added. After stirring 3 min at room temperature, the solution was acidified with 1 N HCl (-20 mL) and diluted with dichloromethane (200 mL). The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O and brine solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/Hexanes (1/1) to give compound 13 ( 1.5 g, 41%)
Figure imgf000180_0001
To a stirred solution of 13(920 mg, 2.37 mmol) in dichloromethane (34 mL) was added diisopropylamine (DIPEA, 1.24 mL, 7.11 mmol), 4- dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 28.9 mg, 0.24 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.276 mL, 3.55 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 hr and then was poured into ice-cold 1 N HCl (aq) solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL x 2) and the combined organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl, NaHCO3, H2O and brine solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The resulting light yellow foam 14 was used for the next step without further purification.
Figure imgf000180_0002
To a stirred solution of 14 (107 mg, 0.23 mmol) in anhydrous acetone (4 mL) was added 2-mercaptobenzothiazole (57.3 mg, 0.35 mmol ) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (158 mg, 1.15 mmol ) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated to 70 °C for 18 hrs and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporator and the resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/Hexanes (1/5) to give compound 3-1 (98 mg, 79 %).
Using procedures described above for compound 3-1, compounds 1 through 6 were prepared as disclosed in Table 3.
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Generally, the compounds of Formula D can be prepared by the following procedure:
Figure imgf000183_0001
Scheme 4. C-20 Amide analogues of A-ring isoxazlole.
Figure imgf000183_0002
Step i)
Figure imgf000183_0003
To a stirred solution of 12 (1.14 g, 2.94 mmol) in THF (15 ml_) was added a solution of periodic acid (891 mg, 3.91 mmol) in H2O (5 ml_) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The solvent (THF) was evaporated and the crude product was redissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL). The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O and brine solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with 10 % MeOH in dichloromethane to give compound 16 (0.91 g, 83%)
Figure imgf000184_0001
To a stirred solution of 16 (240 mg, 0.64 mmol) in anhydrous THF (5 mL) was added 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI, 125 mg, 0.77 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hrs. The solution was used in situ for the next step. To a stirred suspension of 2- aminothiazolo[5,4-b]pyridine (388 mg, 2.56 mmol) in anhydrous THF (5 mL) was added dropwise n-BuLi (1.6 M in hexanes, 1.6 mL, 2.56 mmol) at -78 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred at to -78 °C for 1.5 hrs. A solution in THF which is freshly generated above was added slowly into the reaction mixture at -78 °C and the reaction mixture was warmed to 0 °C for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was acidified with 1 N HCl. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL x 2) and the combined organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl, NaHCO3, H2O and brine solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/hexanes (1/1) to give 4-1 (0.167 g,52 %, [M+1] = 507.3)
IL-8 inhibition(TR) IC50 / Emax(nM, % inhibition): 23% H HeIa-GRE luciferase(TA) IC50 / Emax(nM, %inhibition): 0%
Generally, the compounds of Formula E can be prepared by the following procedure:
Figure imgf000185_0001
Scheme 5. C20 thioester-C17 furoate analogues of A ring Pyrazole.
Figure imgf000186_0001
Step i)
Figure imgf000186_0002
To a stirred solution of 9 (472 mg, 1.01 mmol) in DMF (1.6 ml_) was added carbodiimidazole (CDI, 328 mg, 2.02 mmol) at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr. Anhydrous NaSH (226 mg, 4.04 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into a mixture of 2M HCl (aq) and ice. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with cold water, dried in vacuum oven to give 476 mg (98 %) of 18.
Step 2) l on
H2O
Figure imgf000187_0001
Step 1 : To a stirred solution of 18 (48.8 mg, 0.10 mmol) in 2-butanone (505 μL) was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 1.2 mg, 0.01 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, tripropylamine (59.2 μL, 0.30 mmol) was added and the resulting solution cooled to -5 °C. Neat 2-furoylchloride (14.7 μL, 0.15 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min at -5 °C~0 °C. Step2: A solution of N-methylpiperazine (6.6 μL, 0.06 mmol) in H2O (500 μL) was added dripwise to the reaction mixture at -5 °C-O°C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min at -5 °C ~0°C.
Step 3: A solution of 2-(4-(bromomethyl)phenyl)pyridine (29.7 mg, 0.12 mmol) in 2-butanone (500 μL) was added at 0°C. The solution mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 hr at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate and the organic layer was washed with aq. 1 N HCl, H2O, sat. NaHCO3, H2O and brine solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (1/1 EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 38 mg (51 % for in-situ 3 step) of 5-1.
Using procedures described above for compound 5-1, compounds 1 through 4 were prepared as disclosed in Table 4. Table 4:
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0002
Generally, the compounds of Formula F can be prepared by the following procedure:
Figure imgf000190_0001
Scheme 6. C21-piperazine analogues of A ring Pyrazole.
Figure imgf000191_0001
Step i)
Figure imgf000191_0002
To a stirred solution of piperazine (560.9 mg, 6.50 mmol) in CHCl3 (16 ml_) was added 2-chlorobenzoxazole (500 mg, 3.25 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. CHCl3 was removed and the resulting white solid was dissolved in water. After stirring in water for 30 min, the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The white solid (20, 439 mg, 67 %) was used for the next step without purification.
Step 2)
Figure imgf000192_0001
To as stirred solution of 7 (200 mg, 0.358 mmol) in DMF (3.60 ml_) was added piperazine 20 (182 mg, 0.511 mmol) and Et3N (160. 7 μL, 1.15 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated to 70-80 °C for 16 hr. After cooling down to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into sat. NaHCO3 (aq) solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10 % MeOH in CH2CI2 to afford the desired product, 6-1 (98 mg, 41 %).
Using procedures described above for compound 6-1, compounds 1 through 5 were prepared as disclosed in Table 5.
Table 5:
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000195_0002
Figure imgf000195_0001
Scheme 7. C21 -triazolether analogues of A-ring isoxazole.
Step i
Figure imgf000196_0001
Mesylate 7 was prepared as described above for Scheme 1. To a stirred solution of 7 (1.25 g, 2.23 mmol) in DMF (27 mL) was added sodium azide (290 mg, 4.46 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated to 45 °C. After 3 hr, TLC indicated the full consumption of the reactants. The reaction was cooled to RT and poured into cold NaHCOa (aq) solution, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting crude residue was diluted with cold water. The pale yellowish solid precipitated, was filtered and washed with water, and dried in vacuum oven to give 998 mg of azide 7a.
Step 2
Figure imgf000197_0001
To a stirred solution of 7a (104.5 mg, 0.206 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added alkyne (19.6 μl_, 0.206 mmol) at room temperature. 1 M Sodium ascorbate solution in water (41.2 μl_, 0.0412 mmol) was added, followed by the addition of 1 M CuSO4-5H2O solution (20.6 μl_, 0.0206 mmol). The heterogeneous mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature overnight, at which point it cleared, and TLC analysis indicated reaction completion. The resulting reaction mixture was diluted with H2O, treated with two drops of 30% H2O2 solution (aq) and 1 mL of saturated EDTA (aq). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (50 mL x2). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography to afford 67 mg (48 %) of the title compound 7-1 . MH+ 676
Using procedures described above for 7-1 the compounds 1 through 3 were prepared as shown in Table 6:
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000199_0002
Figure imgf000199_0001
Scheme 8. C21-pyrazolylether analogues of A-ring isoxazole.
Figure imgf000200_0001
To a solution of starting mesylate 7 (50 mg, 0.089 mmol) in acetone (2 ml_) was added pyrazole (11 mg, 0.134 mmol) and cesium carbonate (52 mg, 0.134 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 12h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a pad of celite, washing with MeOH and CH2CI2. The resulting filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep TLC (50% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give the title compound, 8-1 (13 mg, 28%). MH+ 531
Using procedures described above for 8-1 the compounds 1 through 4 were prepared as disclosed in Table 7.
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
Assays
Glucocorticoid Receptor Binding Assay
Glucocorticoid receptor competitor assay kits can be obtained under license from Invitrogen (product #P2893) and the protocol followed. The assay is a competition binding assay, used to measure the affinity of test compound for the human glucocorticoid receptor. Affinity is measured based on the ability of test compounds to displace a fluorescent glucocorticoid. The presence of effective competitors prevents the formation of a fluorescent-labeled glucocorticoid to bind to the glucocorticoid receptor complex, resulting in a decrease of the polarization value. The shift in polarization value in the presence of test compounds is used to determine the relative affinity of test compounds for the glucocorticoid receptor.
Glucocorticoid Transrepression Assay Human Lung epithelial cell line NCI-H292 cells were dissociated from stock flask using 0.05% trypsin/0.53mM EDTA. Cells were suspended in complete medium and counted. Cells were plated in 96-well flat-bottom plates at 2OK cells /well in 0.2 ml/well. Plates were incubated for 24-48 hours until cells were between 75- 90% confluent. Medium was aspirated and replaced with medium containing various concentrations of steroids or antagonists. After 1 hour incubation at 37°, TNFα (10ng/ml final concentration in 0.2ml) was added and the cells incubated overnight. Control wells with and without TNF were included on each plate, as well as wells with TNF in addition to a maximum (10μM) concentration of dexamethasone. The cell culture medium was sampled and IL-6 and IL-8 cytokine production was measured using the MSD Multi-Spot immunoassay. Exemplary compounds of the invention that were tested in the assay exhibited IC50 values according to the following ranges:
Figure imgf000204_0001
Compounds of the invention that were tested in this assay exhibited a EMAX % inhibition according to the following ranges:
Figure imgf000204_0002
The above values are reported in Tables 1-5 above as IC50 values/EMAx % inhibition. ** indicates value not measured.
GRE-Transactivatioπ Assay
HeLa cells were stably transfected with a human glucocorticoid response element coupled with a luciferase reporter gene.
Cells were plated in 96 well Packard View Plates (black sides/ clear bottom) at 20 K cells/0.2ml complete medium. Plates were incubated overnight at 3775% CO2. Medium was aspirated and replaced with 150μl medium containing 5% charcoal-treated FBS and cells incubated overnight again. Test compounds were prepared in 5% charcoal-treated FBS medium. Medium was aspirated from plates and replaced with 100μl of test compounds or controls. Plates were returned to incubator for exactly 24 hours. To measure induced luciferase, 100μl of Steady-Glo luciferase assay substrate (Promega) was added to each well. Plates were sealed and mixed on a plate shaker for 5 minutes. Plate bottom opaque seals were added and the plates were allowed to stand for 60 minutes. Luminescence was measured on a Top-Count instrument (Perkin- Elmer). All of the compounds tested in this assay exhibited EMAX values of from
0% to 100% or above. Some of the compounds that were tested exhibited EMAX values of from 0% to about 30%. Some of the compounds that were tested exhibited EMAX values of from 30% to about 70%. Some of the compounds that were tested exhibited EMAX values of greater than about 70%. For example, compound 60 (Table 1 ) exhibited EMAX value of 15%, compound 74 (Table 1 ) exhibited EMAX value of 56%, compound 1 (Table 7) exhibited EMAX value of 69%, compound 1 (Table 1 ) exhibited EMAX value of 71%, compound 71 (Table 1 ) exhibited EMAX value of 85%, and compound 131 (Table 1 ) exhibited EMAX value of 83%. Nondissociated glucocorticoids dexamethasone and fluticasone propionate exhibited EMAX values in this assay of 100% and 99% respectively.
Compositions and Methods
The compounds of the invention are beneficial, inter alia, their ability to bind glucocorticoid receptor and to illicit a response via that receptor. Hence, the compounds of the invention are useful wherever glucocorticoid agonists are useful. Such uses include, but are not limited to, the treatment of any diseases, conditions, or disorders for which steroids (or other glucocorticoid agonists) are believed useful, including a wide range of immune, autoimmune, and/or inflammatory diseases and conditions. Ex vivo use, e.g., as test instruments, is also contemplated. In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention possess the advantage of having little or no systemic activity. Therefore, in some embodiments, the compounds of the invention may be safer than those known glucocorticoids which have poor side effect profiles. Non-limiting examples of inflammatory, immune, autoimmune and other diseases or conditions in which the compounds of the invention are useful include skin diseases such as eczema, posriasis, allergic dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, neurodermatitis, pruritis, and hypersensitivity reactions; inflammatory conditions of the nose, throat, or lungs such as asthma (including allergen- induced asthmatic reactions), rhinitis (including hayfever), allergic rhinitis, rhinosinusitis, sinusitis, nasal polyps, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, interstitial lung disease, and fibrosis; inflammatory bowel conditions such as ulcerative colitis and Chron's disease; and autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis. Treatment of inflammation associated with CNS or peripheral nervous system disorders is also contemplated. Non- limiting examples include CNS trauma (e.g., brain trauma). Treatment of multiple sclerosis is also contemplated. Compounds of the invention may also be useful in treatment or prophylaxis of diseases and conditions of the eye, non-limiting examples of which include treatment of conjunctiva and allergic and nonallergic conjunctivitis.
Those skilled in the art will appreciate that, in some embodiments, the compounds and compositions of the invention are useful for both treatment and prophylaxis conditions and/or symptoms thereof described herein. In another embodiment, the present invention provides for the use (and/or preparation) of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof, or the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of patients for the various diseases, conditions, and/or disorders described herein, including immune, autoimmune, and/or inflammatory diseases and/or conditions.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the invention may be used in acute treatment a wide range of immune, autoimmune, and inflammatory diseases and conditions, such as those listed above. In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention exhibit diminished side effect profiles in respect of one or more side effects associated with standard long-term steroidal treatments. Side effects associated with standard steroidal treatments include, for example, interference with carbohydrate metabolism, calcium resorption, suppresssion of endogenous corticosteroids, and suppression of the pituitary gland, adrenal cortex, and thymus. In such embodiments, compounds of the invention are useful for long-term treatment (as well as short- and medium-term treatment) of a wide range of chronic immune, autoimmune, and inflammatory diseases and conditions.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for the treatment of neonatal sepsis, ALS, multiple sclerosis, type I diabetes, viral induced infections of the upper and lower airways, viral meningitis, and life- threatening diseases such as chronic meningeoencephalitis, neonatal enteroviral disease, polio, and myocarditis. The compounds and compositions of the present invention may also be used prophylactically to prevent exacerbations of symptoms associated with such diseases.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for the treatment of viral related disorders. In one embodiment, the viral disorder is associated with the common cold. Compounds and compositions of the present invention may be utilized also in preventing exacerbation of disorders of the upper and lower airways. With respect to upper airway disorders, for example, the congestion and nasal blockage associated with allergic rhinitis, sinusitis, fungal induced sinusitis, bacterial based sinusitis, polyposis and the like. Examples with regard to disorders of the lower airways include administration of compositions of the present invention to prevent the need for the use of rescue medications for disorders of the lower airways, for example, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder, allergic asthma, and emphysema. The compounds and compositions of the present invention may be useful also for the treatment and prevention of the nasal (stuffiness/congestion, rhinorrhea, nasal itching, sneezing) and non-nasal (itchy/burning eyes, tearing/watery eyes, redness of the eyes, itching of the ears/palate) symptoms of seasonal and perennial
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for the treatment of a patient with an immune, autoimmune, or an inflammatory disease or condition, which method comprises administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomers, or isomers thereof. The present invention also provides the use of a compound of the invention, (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomers, or isomers thereof), for the treatment of patients with immune, autoimmune, and/or inflammatory diseases and conditions.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for the treatment of corticosteroid-responsive diseases of the airway passage ways and lungs. Such diseases include those allergic, non-allergic and/or inflammatory diseases of the upper or lower airway passages or of the lungs which are treatable by administering corticosteroids. Typical corticosteroid-responsive diseases include allergic and non-allergic rhinitis, nasal polyps, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and non-malignant proliferative and inflammatory diseases of the airways passages and lungs. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for the treatment of allergic and non-allergic rhinitis as well as non-malignant proliferative and/or inflammatory disease of the airway passages and lungs. Exemplary allergic or inflammatory conditions of the upper and lower airway passages which can be treated or relieved according to various embodiments of the present invention include nasal symptoms associated with allergic rhinitis, such as seasonal allergic rhinitis, intermittent allergic rhinitis, persistent allergic rhinitis and/or perennial allergic rhinitis as well as congestion in moderate to severe seasonal allergic rhinitis patients. Other conditions that may be treated or prevented include corticosteroid responsive diseases, nasal polyps, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), rhinovirus, rhinosinusitis including acute rhinosinusitis and chronic rhinosinusitis, congestion, total nasal symptoms (stuffiness/congestion, rhinorrhea, nasal itching, sneezing) and non- nasal symptoms (itchy/burning eyes, tearing/watery eyes, redness of the eyes, itching of the ears/palate) and nasal blockage associated with sinusitis, fungal induced sinusitis, bacterial based sinusitis.
The term "allergic rhinitis" as used herein means any allergic reaction of the nasal mucosa and includes hay fever (seasonal allergic rhinitis) and perennial rhinitis (non-seasonal allergic rhinitis) which are characterized by seasonal or perennial sneezing, rhinorrhea, nasal congestion, pruritis and eye itching, redness and tearing.
The term "non-allergic rhinitis" as used herein means eosinophilic nonallergic rhinitis which is found in patients with negative skin tests and those who have numerous eosinophils in their nasal secretions. The term "asthma" as used herein includes any asthmatic condition marked by recurrent attacks of paroxysmal dyspnea (i.e., "reversible obstructive airway passage disease") with wheezing due to spasmodic contraction of the bronchi (so called "bronchospasm"). Asthmatic conditions which may be treated or even prevented in accordance with this invention include allergic asthma and bronchial allergy characterized by manifestations in sensitized persons provoked by a variety of factors including exercise, especially vigorous exercise ("exercise- induced bronchospasm"), irritant particles (pollen, dust, cotton, cat dander) as well as mild to moderate asthma, chronic asthma, severe chronic asthma, severe and unstable asthma, nocturnal asthma, and psychologic stresses. The invention is particularly useful in preventing the onset of asthma in mammals e.g., humans afflicted with reversible obstructive disease of the lower airway passages and lungs as well as exercise-induced bronchospasm.
The term "non-malignant prolifertive and/or inflammatory disease" as used herein in reference to the pulmonary system means one or more of (1) alveolitis, such as extrinsic allergic alveolitis, and drug toxicity such as caused by, e.g. cytotoxic and/or alkylating agents; (2) vasculitis such as Wegener's granulomatosis, allergic granulomatosis, pulmonary hemangiomatosis and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, chronic eosinophilic pneumonia, eosinophilic granuloma and sarcoidoses.
The compounds of the invention may be formulated for administration in any way known to those of skill in the art, and the invention therefore also provides within its scope pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the invention (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomers, or isomers thereof) together, if desirable, in admixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, excipients, and/or carriers. Further, in one embodiment, the present invention provides a process for the preparation of such pharmaceutical compositions comprising mixing the ingredients.
The compounds of the invention may, for example, be formulated for oral, buccal, sublingual, parenteral, local, or rectal administration. Local administration includes, but is not limited to, insufflation, inhalation, and dermal. Examples of various types of preparation for local administration include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, foams, preparations for delivery by transdermal patches, powders, sprays, aerosols, capsules, or cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator or drops (e.g., eye or nose drops), solutions or suspensions for nebulization, suppositories, pessaries, retention enemas, and chewable or suckable or fast dissolving tablets or pellets (e.g., for the treatment of aphthous ulcers) or liposome or microencapsulation preparations. Compositions for topical administration, e.g., to the lung, include dry powder compositions and spray compositions.
Dry powder compositions for topical delivery to the lung may, for example, be presented in capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator of, for example, gelatine. Formulations generally contain a powder mix for inhalation of a compound (or compounds) of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. Each capsule or cartridge may generally contain between 20 micrograms to 10 milligrams of a compound (or compounds) of the invention. Other amounts of such compounds are also included within the scope of the invention and may be readily determined by those of ordinary skill in the art, such as a pharmacist or attending physician. Alternatively, compounds of the invention may be administered without exicipients. Packaging of the formulation may be suitable for unit dose or multi-dose delivery. In the case of multi-dose delivery, the formulation can be pre-metered (e.g., as in Diskus, see GB 2242134 or Diskhaler, see GB2178965, 2129691 , and 2169265) or metered in use (e.g., as in Turbuhaler, see EP69715). An example of a unit-dose device is Rotahaler (see GB2064336).
Spray compositions may, for example, be formulated as aqueous solutions or as suspensions or as aerosols delivered from pressurized packs, such as a metered dose inhaler, with the use of a suitable liquefied propellant. Aerosol compositions suitable for inhalation can be either a suspension or a solution and generally contain a compound of the invention and a suitable propellant such as a fluorocarbon or a hydrogen-containing chlorofluorocarbon or other suitable propellants or mixtures of any of the foregoing. The aerosol composition may optionally contain additional formulation excipients well known in the art such as surfactants, e.g., oleic acid or lecithin and cosolvents, e.g., ethanol. One example formulation is excipient free and consists essentially of (e.g., consists of) a compound of the invention (optionally together with another active ingredient) and a propellant selected from 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafuloroethane, 1 ,1 ,1 ,2,3,3,3-heptafuloro-n-propand and mixtures thereof. Another example formulation comprises particulate compound of the invention, a propellant selected from 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane, 1 ,1 ,1 ,2,3,3,3-heptafluoro-n-propane, and mixtures thereof and a suspending agent which is soluble in the propellant, e.g., an oligolactic acid or derivative thereof, as described, for example, in WO94/21229. A preferred propellant is 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane. Pressurized formulations will generally be retained in a canister (e.g., an aluminium canister) closed with a valve (e.g., a metering valve) and fitted into an actuator provided with a mouthpiece.
Medicaments for administration by inhalation are also contemplated. As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art, such medicaments desirably have controlled particle size. The optimum particle sizes for inhalation into the bronchial system are well known to those skilled in the art and typically range from 1 -10 micrometers, preferably 2-5 micrometers. Particles having a size above 20 micrometers are generally not preferred for reaching small airways. To achieve these or other desired particle sizes the particles of a compound of the invention as produced may be reduced in size by conventional means, e.g., by microencapsulation. The desired fraction may be separated by any suitable means such as by air classification or by sieving. Preferably, the particles will be crystalline. Crystalline particles may be prepared for example by a process which comprises mixing in a continuous flow cell, in the presence of ultrasonic radiation, a flowing solution of a compound of the invention in a liquid solvent with a flowing liquid antisolvent for said compound (e.g., as described in PCT/GB99/04368). Alternatively, crystalline particles may be prepared by a process comprising admitting a stream of solution of the substance in a liquid solvent and a stream of liquid antisolvent for the substance tangentially into a cylindrical mixing chamber having an axial outlet port such that the streams are thereby intimately mixed through formulation of a vortex which causes precipitation of crystalline particles of the substance (e.g., as described in International Patent Application PCT/GBOO/04327). When an excipient such as lactose is employed, generally, the particle size of the excipient will be much greater than the inhaled compound of the invention. When the excipient is lactose it will typically be present as milled lactose, wherein not more than about 85% of lactose particles will have a MMD of 60-90 micrometers and not less than about 15% will have a MMD of less than 15 micrometers. Formulations for administration topically to the nose are also contemplated. Such formulations include pressurized arosol formulations and aqueous formulations administered to the nose by pressurized pump.
Aqueous formulations for administration to the lung or nose may be provided with conventional excipients such as buffering agents, tonicity modifying agents and the like. Aqueous formulations may also be administered to the nose by nebulisation or other means known in the art.
Other non-limiting examples of modes of administration include which are contemplated include: ointments, creams and gels, which may, for example, be formulated with an aqueous or oily base with the addition of suitable thickening and/or gelling agent and/or solvents. Such bases may, for example, include water and/or an oil such as liquid paraffin or a vegetable oil such as arachis oil or castor oil, or a solvent such as polyethylene glycol. Thickening agents and gelling agents which may be used according to the nature of the base include soft paraffin, aluminium stearate, cetostearyl alcohol, polyethylene glycols, woolfat, beeswax, carboxypolymethylene and cellulose derivatives, and/or glyceryl monostearate and/or non-ionic emulsifying agents.
Lotions are also contemplated. Lotions may be formulated with an aqueous or oily base and will in general also contain one or more emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents or thickening agents.
Powders for external application may be formed with the aid of any suitable powder base, for example, talc, lactose or starch. Drops may be formulated with an aqueous or non-aqueous base also comprising one or more dispersing agents, solubilizing agents, suspending agents or preservatives.
If appropriate, the formulations of the invention may be buffered by the addition of suitable buffering agents.
The proportion of the active compound of the invention in compositions according to the invention depends on the precise type of formulation to be prepared but will generally be within the range of from 0.001 to 50% by weight. Generally, however for most types of preparations the proportion used will be within the range of from 0.005 to 1% and preferably 0.01 to 0.5%. However, in powders for inhalation or insufflation, the proportion used will usually be within the range of from 0.1 to 50%.
Aerosol formulations are contemplated. In some embodiments, aerosol formulations are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff" of aerosol contains 1 micrograms to 2000 micrograms, eg 20 micrograms to 2000 micrograms, alternatively about 20 micrograms to about 1500 micrograms of a compound of the invention. Administration may be once daily or several times daily, for example 2, 3, 4 or 8 times, giving for example 1 , 2 or 3 doses each time. Preferably the compound of the invention is delivered once or twice daily. The overall daily dose with an aerosol will typically be within the range 10 micrograms to 10 milligrams, eg 100 micrograms to 10 milligrams, alternatively, 200 micrograms to 2000 micrograms, alternatively about 1500 micrograms.
Topical preparations may be administered by one or more applications per day to the affected area; over skin areas occlusive dressings may advantageously be used. Continuous or prolonged delivery may be achieved, e.g., by an adhesive reservoir system. For internal administration the compounds according to the invention may, for example, be formulated in conventional manner for oral, parenteral or rectal administration. Formulations for oral administration include syrups, elixirs, powders, granules, tablets and capsules which typically contain conventional excipients such as binding agents, fillers, lubricants, disintegrants, wetting agents, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, preservatives, buffer salts, flavouring, colouring and/or sweetening agents as appropriate. Dosage unit forms are, however, preferred as described herein. Preferred forms of preparation for internal administration are dosage unit forms, i.e., tablets and capsules. Such dosage unit forms contain from 0.1 mg to 20 mg preferably from 2.5 to 10 mg of the compounds of the invention.
The compounds according to the invention may, in general, may be given by internal administration in cases where systemic adreno-cortical therapy is indicated.
In general terms, preparations for internal administration may contain from 0.05 to 10% of the active ingredient, depending upon the type of preparation involved. The daily dose may vary from 0.1 mg to 60 mg, e.g. 5-30 mg, dependent on the condition being treated, and the duration of treatment desired.
Slow release or enteric coated formulations may be advantageous, particularly for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disorders.
In some embodiments, administration may be accomplished utilizing inhalation devices. Non-limiting examples of such devices include, but are not limited to, nebulizers, metered pump-spray devices, soft mist inhalers, and pressurized metered dosing inhalers. A single pressurized metered dose inhaler may be adapted for oral or nasal inhalation routes simply by switching between an actuator that is designed for nasal delivery and an actuator designed for oral delivery. Solutions may be administered intranasal^ by inserting an appropriate device (such as a nasal spray bottle and actuator used to deliver NASONEX® Nasal Spray) into each nostril. Active drug, which would include at least one compound of the invention, is then expelled from the nasal spray device. Efficacy can be generally assessed in a double blind fashion by a reduction in nasal and non-nasal symptoms (e.g., sneezing, itching, congestion, and discharge). Other objective measurements (e.g., nasal peak flow and resistance) can be used as supportive indices of efficacy. Any suitable pump spray may be used, such as pump sprays used for NASONEX ® as sold by Schering-Plough or AFRIN ® as sold by Schering-Plough. Pressurized metered-dose inhalers ("MDI") contain propellants, for example, chlorofluorocarbon propellants, for example, CFC-1 1 , CFC-12, hydrofluorocarbon propellants, for example, HFC-134A, HFC-227 or combinations thereof, to produce a precise quantity of an aerosol of the medicament contained with the device, which is administered by inhaling the aerosol nasally, treating the nasal mucosa and/or the sinus cavities.
A suitable MDI formulation will include a propellant such as 1 ,1 ,1 ,2,3,3,3 heptafluoropropane; an excipient, including but not limited to alcohols, MIGLYOL® 812, MIGLYOL® 840, PEG-400, menthol, lauroglycol, VERTREL®_245, TRANSCUTOL®, LABRAFAC® Hydro WL 1219, perfluorocyclobutane, eucalyptus oil, short chain fatty adds, and combinations thereof; a steroid and optionally a surfactant. MDI's may be prepared by conventional processes such as cold filling or pressure filling.
A "soft-mist" inhaler is a mult-dose, metered aerosol delivery device typically used to deliver aqueous based solution medicaments to the lungs via oral inhalation. The aerosol plume that they create is both slow in velocity and lasts for approximately 6x that of a typical pMDI (e.g. typically 1 -2 sec. vs. milliseconds). An example of such a device would be Boehringer Ingelheim's (Bl) RESPIMAT® which is currently used to deliver ipatropium bromide to the lungs. In some embodiments, medicament formulations of the present invention may also be administered utilizing a nebulizer device. Typical commercial nebulizer devices produce dispersions of droplets in gas streams by one of two methods. Jet nebulizers use a compressed air supply to draw liquid up a tube and through an orifice by venturi action and introduce it into a flowing gas stream as droplets suspended therein, after which the fluid is caused to impact one or more stationary baffles to remove excessively large droplets. Ultrasonic nebulizers use an electrically driven transducer to subject a fluid to high- frequency oscillations, producing a cloud of droplets which can be entrained in a moving gas stream; these devices are less preferred for delivering suspensions. For instance, from about 2 to about 4 ml_ of the mometasone furoate solution may be placed in a plastic nebulizer container and the patient would inhale for 1- 30 minutes. The total dosage placed in such a container may be determined by those skilled in the art. A non-limiting example would be in the range of 5 to about 100 meg.
Also contemplated are hand-held nebulizers which atomize a liquid with a squeeze bulb air supply, but the more widely used equipment incorporates an electrically powered compressor or connects to a cylinder of compressed gas. Although the various devices which are commercially available vary considerably in their delivery efficiency for a given medicament since their respective outputs of respirable droplets are far from identical, any may be used for delivery of the medicaments of the present invention when a prescriber specifies an exact amount of medicament formulation which is to be charged to each particular device. As noted herein, in some embodiments, the present invention provides compositions comprising at least one compound of the invention (optionally together with one or more additional active ingredients), formulated for nasal spray administration. Suitable nasal spray formulations can include, inter alia, water, auxiliaries and/or one or more of the excipients, such as: suspending agents, e.g., microcrystalline cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxpropyl-methyl cellulose; humectants, e.g. glycerin and propylene glycol; acids, bases or buffer substances for adjusting the pH, e.g., citric acid, sodium citrate, phosphoric acid, sodium phospate as well as mixtures of citrate and phosphate buffers; surfactants, e.g. polysorbate 80; and antimicrobial preservatives, e.g., benzalkonium chloride, phenylethyl alcohol and potassium sorbate.
Depending on the intended application, it may be desirable to incorporate up to about 5 percent by weight, more typically about 0.5 to about 5 weight percent, of an additional rheology-modifying agent, such as a polymer or other material. Useful materials include, without limitation thereto, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, algin, carageenans, carbomers, galactomannans, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polyethylene glycols, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sodium carboxymethyl chitin, sodium carboxymethyl dextran, sodium carboxymethyl starch and xanthan gum. Combinations of any two or more of the foregoing are also useful.
Mixtures of microcrystalline cellulose and an alkali metal carboxyalkylcellulose are commercially available, a non-limiting example of which includes one being sold by FMC Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa. U.S.A. as AVICEL® RC-591. This material contains approximately 89 weight percent microcrystalline cellulose and approximately 11 weight percent sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and is known for use as a suspending agent in preparing various pharmaceutical suspensions and emulsions. The compositions of the present invention may contain at least about 1.0 to about 10 weight percent, or from about 1 to about 4 weight percent of the mixture of the cellulose/carboxyalkylcellulose compound mixture.
A closely related mixture is available from the same source as AVICEL® RC-581 , having the same bulk chemical composition as the RC-591 , and this material is also useful in the invention. Microcrystalline cellulose and alkali metal carboxyalkylcellulose are commercially available separately, and can be mixed in desired proportions for use in the invention, with the amount of microcrystalline cellulose may be between about 85 and about 95 weight percent of the mixture for both separately mixed and co-processed mixtures.
When the compositions of the invention are intended for application to sensitive mucosal membranes, it may be desirable to adjust the pH to a relatively neutral value, using an acid or base, unless the natural pH already is suitable. In general, pH values about 3 to about 8 are preferred for tissue compatibility; the exact values chosen should also promote chemical and physical stability of the composition. In some instances, buffering agents will be included to assist with maintenance of selected pH values; typical buffers are well known in the art and include, without limitation thereto, phosphate, citrate and borate salt systems.
The compositions may contain any of a number of optional components, such as humectants, preservatives, antioxidants, chelating agents and aromatic substances. Humectants, which are hygroscopic materials such as glycerin, a polyethylene or other glycol, a polysaccharide and the like act to inhibit water loss from the composition and may add moisturizing qualities. Useful aromatic substances include camphor, menthol, eucalyptol and the like, flavors and fragrances. Preservatives are typically incorporated to establish and maintain a freedom from pathogenic organisms; representative components include benzyl alcohol, methytparaben, propylparaben, butylparaben, chlorobutanol, phenethyl alcohol (which also is a fragrance additive), phenyl mercuric acetate and benzalkonium chloride.
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising one (or more) compound(s) of the invention for use in combination with one or more other therapeutically active agent(s) are also contemplated. Non-limiting examples of such additional therapeutically active agents include, for example, beta2 adrenoreceptor agonists, anti-histamines, anti-allergic agents, anticholinergic agents, and chemokine receptor antagonists. Additional agents are also described below. Such combinations may be administered simultaneously or sequentially (with a compound of the invention being administered either before or after the other active ingredient(s)) in separate or combined pharmaceutical formulations. For simultaneous administration, the invention thus provides, in another embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the invention (or a physiologically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, ester, tautomer, or isomer thereof) together with one or more other therapeutically active agent, for example, a beta2 adrenoreceptor agonist, an antihistamine or an anti-allergic agent. The selection of the additional active agents is made on the basis of the intended use. Compositions comprising long-acting beta2 adrenoreceptor agonists (sometimes referred to as LABAs) are contemplated as being within the scope of the invention. Use of LABAs capable of providing a therapeutic effect over 24 hours is also contemplated. In another non-limiting embodiment, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions suitable for once-per-day administration comprising a compound of the invention (or a salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof) in combination with a long acting beta2 adrenoreceptor agonist.
Non-limiting examples of beta2-adrenoreceptor agonists include salmeterol (eg as racemate or a single enantiomer such as the R-enantiomer), salbutamol, formoterol, salmefamol, fenoterol, indacaterol, or terbutaline and salts thereof, for example the xinafoate salt of salmeterol, the sulphate salt or free base of salbutamol or the fumarate salt of formoterol. Long acting beta2 adrenoreceptor agonists, such as salmeterol or fomoterol or indacaterol, are preferred. Preferred long acting beta2-adrenoreceptor agonists include those described in WO 266422A.
Additional active agents include antihistamines. Non-limiting examples of anti-histamines useful in combination with the compounds of the present invention include methapyrilene, loratadine, acrivastine, astemizole, cetirizine, mizolastine, fexofenadine, azelastine, levocabastine, olopatadine, levocetirizine, and desloratadine.
Additional active agents include histamine H1 receptor antagonists. Examples of Histamine Hi receptor antagonists (herein also antihistamines) include, but are not limited to, Astemizole, Azatadine, Azelastine, Acrivastine, Bromphemiramine, Chlorpheniramine, Clemastine, Cyclizine, Carebastine,
Cyproheptadine, Carbinoxamine, Desloratadine, Doxylamine, Diphenhydramine, Cetirizine, Dimenhydrinate, Dimethindene, Ebastine, Epinastine, Efletirizine, Fexofenadine, Hydroxyzine, Ketotifen, Loratadine, Levocabastine, Levocetirizine, Mizolastine, Mequitazine, Mianserine, Noberastine, Meclizine, Norastemizole, Picumast, Pyrilamine, Promethazine, Terfenadine, Tripelennamine, Temelastine, Trimeprazine, Triprolidine and mixtures of any two or more of the foregoing. Preferred Histamine H1 receptors are desloratadine, loratadine, fexofenadine and ceterazine. Desloratadine is also termed Descarboethoxyloratidine and DCL. DCL is a non-sedating antihistamine, whose technical name is 8-chloro-6,11-dihydro-11- (4-piperidylidene)-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1 ,2]pyridine. This compound is described in Quercia, et al., Hosp. Formul., 28: 137-53 (1993), in U.S. Patent 4,659,716, and in WO 96/20708. The use of Desloratadine for the treatment of congestion is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,432,972. DCL is an antagonist of the H1 histamine receptor protein. The H1 receptors are those that mediate the response antagonized by conventional antihistamines. H1 receptors are present, for example, in the ileum, the skin, and the bronchial smooth muscle of man and other mammals. The amount of DCL which can be employed in a unit (i.e. single) dosage form of the present compositions can range from about 2.5 to about 45 mg, also from about 2.5 to about 20 mg, also from about 5 to about 10 mg. Preferred dosage amounts include 2.5 mg, 5.0 mg, 10.0 mg and 20.0 mg. Loratadine is a non-sedating antihistamine whose technical name is 11-(4- piperidy!idene)-5H-benzo-[5, 6]-cyclohepta-[1 , 2-b]-pyridine. The compound is described in U.S. Patent No. 4,282,233. Loratadine is a potent tricyclic and antihistaminic drug of slow release, with a selective antagonist of peripheric Hi receptors activity.
Fexofenadine reportedly is a non-sedating antihistamine, whose technical name is 4-[1 -hydroxy-4-(4-hydroxy-diphenylmethyl)-1-piperidinyl)butyl]-α, α- dimethyl-benzene acetic acid. Preferably the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is the hydrochloride, also known as fexofenadine hydrochloride. The amount of fexofenadine which can be employed in a unit dosage form of the present composition can range from about 40 to 200 mg, also from about 60 to about 180 milligrams, also about 120 milligrams. Cetirizine hydrochloride reportedly is an Hi receptor antagonist. The chemical name is (±) - [2- [4- [ (4-chlorophenyl)phenylmethyl] -1 - piperazinyl] ethoxy]acetic acid, dihydrochloride. Cetirizine hydrochloride is a racemic compound with an empirical formula of C21H25CIN2O3^HCl. Cetirizine hydrochloride is a white, crystalline powder and is water soluble. Cetirizine hydrochloride is available from Pfizer Inc., New York, NY, under the trade name ZYRTEC®. The amount of Cetirizine which can be employed in a unit dosage form of the present composition can range from about 0 to 40 mg, also from about 5 to about 10 milligrams. The levo isomer of Cetirizine may also be combined with Pleconaril in the formulations of the present invention. Another form of Cetirizine for use in the present invention is Cetirizine dinitrate.
Additional active agents include expectorants. Examples of expectorants suitable for use are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, ambroxol, guaiafenesin, terpin hydrate, and potassium quaicolsulfonate. Ambroxol is a bromhexine metabolite, chemically identified as trans-4(2-amino-3,5-dibromobenzil, amine) ciclohexane hydrochloride, which has been widely used during more than two decades as an expectorant agent or stimulating pulmonary surfactant factor. The compound is described in U.S. Patent No. 3,536,712. Guaiafenesin is an expectorant, whose technical name is 3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)- 1 , 2-propanediol. The compound is described in U.S. Patent No. 4,390,732. Terpin hydrate is an expectorant, whose technical name is 4-hydroxy-α, α, 4-trimethylcyclohexane- methanol. Potassium guaicolsulfonate is an expectorant, whose technical name is 3-Hydroxy-4-methoxybenzenesulfonic acid mix with mono-potassium 4- hydroxy-3-methoxybenzenesulfonate. Additional active agents include decongestants. Examples of suitable decongestants for use include both oral and nasal decongestants. Examples of nasal decongestants useful in the present invention include, without being limited to, the sympathomimetic amine nasal decongestants. Those currently approved for topical use in the United States include, without limitation, levmetamfetamine (also known as 1 -desoxyephedrine), ephedrine, ephedrine hydrochloride, ephedrine sulfate, naphazoline hydrochloride, oxymetazoline and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, oxymetazoline hydrochloride, phenylephrine hydrochloride, and propylhexedrine. Oral decongestants for use in the present invention include, without limitation, phenylpropanolamine, phenylephrine and pseudoephedrine as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Pseudoephedrine and its acid additional salts, e.g., those of HCl or H2SO4, are recognized by those skilled in the art as a sympathomimetic therapeutic agent that is safe and effective for treating nasal congestion. They are commonly administered orally concomitantly with an antihistamine for treatment of nasal congestion associated with allergic rhinitis. When used in the present invention as a nasal decongestant it is preferred to use pseudoephedrine in amounts of equivalent to about 120 mg pseudoephedrine sulfate dosed one to 4 times daily. However, lesser amounts of pseudoephedrine sulfate may be used.
Additional active agents include histamine H3 receptor antagonists. Examples of Histamine H3 receptor antagonists suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to, thioperamide, impromidine, Burimamide, Clobenpropit, Impentamine, Mifetidine, S-sopromidine, R-sopromidine, 3- (imidazol-4-yl)-propylguanidine (SKF-91486), 3->(4-chlorophenyl)methyl-5->2- (1 H-imidazol-4yl)ethyl 1 ,2,3-oxadiazole (GR-175737), 4-(1-cyclohexylpentanoyl- 4-piperidyl) 1 H-imidazole (GT-2016), 2-{>2->4(5)-imidazolylethylthio}-5- nitropyridine (UCL-1199) Clozapine, SCH497079 and SCH539858. Additional examples are disclosed and claimed in U.S. Patent No. 6,720,328 and United States Patent Application Publication NO.20040097483A1 , both assigned to Schering Corp., and both of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Other preferred compositions may further include both H1 and H3 receptors antagonists as is disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,869,479, also assigned to Schering Corp., which is hereby incorporated by reference. Other compounds can readily be evaluated to determine activity at H3 receptors by known methods, including the guinea pig brain membrane assay and the guinea pig neuronal ileum contraction assay, both of which are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,352,707. Another useful assay utilizes rat brain membranes and is described by West et al., "Identification of Two H3 -Histamine Receptor Subtypes," Molecular Pharmacology, Vol. 38, pages 610-613 (1990).
Additional active agents include anticholinergic agents. Examples of anticholinergic agents for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to, Tiotropium, Oxitropium, Ipratropium, Methantheline, Propantheline, Dicyclomine, Scopolamine, Methscopolamine, Telenzepine, Benztropine, QNX-hemioxalate, Hexahydro-sila-difenidol hydrochloride and Pirenzepine. In one embodiment, such compositions comprising at least one compound of the invention and at least one anti-cholinergic agent (and optionally other active agents) are administered either orally or nasally in amounts that are known to, or determined by, those of skill in the art.
Additional active agents include antibiotics. Non-limiting examples include macrolides, cephalosporin, and antibacterials. Specific examples of suitable antibiotics include, but are not limited to, Tetracycline, Chlortetracycline, Bacitracin, Neomycin, Polymyxin, Gramicidin, Oxytetracycline, Chloramphenicol, Florfenicol, Gentamycin, Erythromycin, Clarithromycin, Azithromycin,
Tulathromycin, Cefuroxime, Ceftibuten, Ceftiofur, Cefadroxil, Amoxicillin, Peniccilins, Amoxicillin with clavulanic acid or an other suitable beta-lactamase inhibitor, Sulfonamides, Sulfacetamide, Sulfamethizole, Sulfisoxazole; Nitrofurazone, and Sodium propionate. The therapeutic amounts of compositions which may be administered are known to one of skill in the art. Additional active agents include P2Y2 receptor agonsts. Non-limiting examples of P2Y2 receptor agonists for use in the present invention include, but are not limited, to diquafosol tetrasodium. Diquafosol tetrasodium is a P2Y2 receptor agonist that activates receptors on the ocular surface and inner lining of the eyelid to stimulate the release of water, salt, mucin and lipids - the key components of natural tears. Mucin is made in specialized cells and acts to lubricate surfaces. Lipids in the eye are oily substances that form the outer-most layer of the tear film and are responsible for the prevention of excess tear fluid evaporation. In preclinical testing, diquafosol reportedly increased the secretions of natural tear components. Diquafosol is available from Inspire. P2Y2 receptor agonists are a class of compounds that are being developed for the treatment of a variety of conditions in which mucociliary clearance (MCC) is impaired, including chronic bronchitis and cystic fibrosis (CF). Other mucolytic agents may include N-Acetylcysteine and endogenous ligand compound UTP. These compositions may be administered by routes known to those of skill in the art, including orally and nasally.
Additional active agents include Leukotriene4 antagonists and/or inhibitors. Non-limiting examples of Leukotriene4 antagonists and/or inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to Zileuton, Docebenone, Piripost, ICI-D2318, MK-591 , MK-886, sodium 1 -(((R)-(3-(2-(6,7- difluoro-2-quinolinyl)ethynyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(2-hydroxy-2 - propyOphenyOthioJmethyOcyclopropane-acetate (also referred to herein for convenience as "compound LAcetate"); 1-(((R)-(3-(2-(2,3-dichlorothieno[3,2- b]pyridin-5-yl)-(E)-ethenyl)phenyl )-3-(2-(1 -hydroxy-1- methylethyl)phenyl)propyl)thio)-methyl)cyclopropaneacetic acid (also referred to herein for convenience as "compound LAcid"), Pranlukast, Zafirlukast, and Montelukast and the compound [2-[[2-(4-te/ϊ-butyl-2-thiazolyl)-5- benzofuranyl]oxymethyl]phenyl]acetic acid (also referred to herein for convenience as "compound FK011" or "FR150011"). Preferred are montelukast, pranlukast, zafirlukast, compounds "FK011", "LAcetate", and "LAcid". Compositions containing these constituents may be administered either orally or nasally as set forth below in amounts that are known to one of skill in the art. Additional active agents include leukotriene D4 antagonists. Non-limiting examples of suitable leukotriene D4 antagonists include montelukast, which is a Leukotriene D4 antagonist capable of antagonizing the receptors for the cysteinyl leukotrienes. The technical name of Montelukast is [R-(E)]-1 -[[[1-[3-[2-(7-chloro- 2-quinolinyl)ethenyl]phenyl]-3-[2-(1 -hydroxy- 1 - methylethyl)phenyl]propyl]thio]methyl]-cyclopropaneacetic acid. This compound is described in EP 480,717. A preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salt of Montelukast is the monosodium salt, also known as Montelukast sodium. The amount of Montelukast which can be employed in a unit dosage form of the present invention can range from about one to 100 milligrams, also from about 5 to about 20 milligrams, preferably about 10 milligrams.
Additional non-limiting examples of suitable leukotriene D4 antagonists include the compound 1 -(((R)-(3-(2-(6,7-difluoro-2-quinolinyl)ethenyl)phenyl)-3-(2- (2-hydroxy-2-propyl)phenyl)thio)methylcyclopropaneacetic acid, described in WO 97/28797 and U.S. Patent No. 5,270,324. A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of this compound is the sodium salt, also known as sodium 1-(((R)-(3-(2-(6,7-difluoro- 2-quinolinyl)ethenyl)phenyl)-3-{2-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl) phenyl)thio)- methylcyclopropaneacetate.
Additional non-limiting examples of suitable leukotriene D4 antagonists include the compound 1 -(((1 (R)-3(3-(2-(2,3-dichlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-5-yl)-(E)- ethenyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(1 -hydroxy- 1 -methylethyl)phenyl)propyl)- thio)methyl)cyclopropaneacetic acid, described in WO 97/28797 and U.S. Patent No. 5,472,964. A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of this compound is the sodium salt, also known as sodium 1 -(((1(R)-3(3-(2-(2,3-dichlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin-5-yl)- (E)-ethenyl)phenyl)-3-(2-(1 -hydroxy- 1 -methylethyl)phenyl)propyl)- thio)methyl)cyclopropaneacetate. Additional non-limiting examples of suitable leukotriene D4 antagonists include the compound pranlukast, described in WO 97/28797 and EP 173,516. The technical name for this compound is N-[4-oxo-2-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-4H-1- benzopyran-8-yl]-p-(4-phenylbutoxyjbenzamide. The amount of Pranlukast which can be employed in a unit dosage form can range from about 100 to about 700 mg, preferably from about 112 to about 675 mg; also from about 225 mg to about 450 mg; also from about 225 to about 300 mg.
Additional non-limiting examples of suitable leukotriene D4 antagonists include the compound, described in WO 97/28797 and EP 199,543. The technical name for this compound is cyclopentyl-3-[2-methoxy-4-[(o- tolylsulfonyl)carbamoyl]benzyl]-1-methylindole-5-carbamate.
Additional non-limiting examples of suitable leukotriene D4 antagonists include the compound [2-[[2-(4-te/?-butyl-2-thiazolyl)-5- benzofuranyl]oxymethyl]phenyl]acetic acid, described in U.S. Patent No. 5,296,495 and Japanese Patent JP 08325265 A. An alternative name for this compound is 2-[[[2-[4-(1 ,1 -dimethylethyl)-2-thiazolyl]-5-benzofuranyl]oxy]methyl]- benzeneacetic acid. The code number for this compound is FK011 or FR150011.
Additional active agents include pharmaceutically acceptable zinc salts, including those water soluble salts reported to have beneficial effects against the common cold. Typically such preparations comprise an aqueous or saline solution with a concentration of ionic zinc below that which causes irritation to mucus membranes. Generally the ionic zinc in such solutions is present substantially as unchelated zinc and is in the form of free ionic solution. Zinc ionic solutions for use in the present invention will typically contain substantially unchelated zinc ions in a concentration of from about 0.004 to about 0.12% (w/vol). Preferably the substantially unchelated ionic zinc compound can comprise a mineral acid salt of zinc selected from the group consisting of zinc sulfate, zinc chloride, and zinc acetate. These compositions may be administered either orally or nasally in amounts that are known to, or readily determined by, those of skill in the art.
Additional active agents include SYK kinase analogs. SYK kinase analogs are a class of molecules which work by blocking SYK kinase.
Compound R112, available from Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is an example of an SYK kinase analog. A recent study reportedly showed a greater than 20% relative improvement for R112 over placebo (an absolute difference of 9% over placebo) and up to 38% improvement for R112 from baseline measurements (prior to drug initiation) of symptoms associated with chronic nasal congestion (e.g. stuffy nose) over a placebo.
Additional active agents include 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors. As used herein, the term "5-lipoxygenase inhibitor" (also referred to as a "5-LO inhibitor") includes any agent, or compound that inhibits, restrains, retards or otherwise interacts with the enzymatic action of 5-lipoxygenase. Examples of 5- lipoxygenase inhibitors include, but not limited to, zileuton, docebenone, piripost, and the like. As used herein, the associated term "5-lipoxygenase activating protein antagonist" or "FLAP antagonist" includes any agent or compound that inhibits, retrains, retards or otherwise interacts with the action or activity of 5- lipoxygenase activating protein, examples of which include, but not limited, "FLAP antagonists" MK-591 and MK-886.
Additional active agents include those known to relieve oropharyngeal discomfort, including, for example, sore throats, cold or canker sores, and painful gums. Such active agents include topical anesthetics such as phenol, hexylresorcinol, salicyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, dyclonine, dibucaine, benzocaine, buticaine, cetylpyridinium chloride, diperidon, clove oil, menthol, camphor, eugenol and others. Medicaments of the invention intended for application to the skin may similarly include a therapeutic agent for relieving skin discomfort including, but not limited to, lidocaine, benzocaine, tetracaine, dibucaine, pramoxine, diphenhydramine, and benzyl alcohol.
Additional active agents useful in combination with compound(s) of the invention include salicylates, such as aspirin, NSAIDs (non-steroidal anti- inflammatory agents such as indomethacin, sulindac, mefenamic, meclofenamic, tolfenamic, tolmetin, ketorolac, dicofenac, ibuprofen, naproxen, fenoprofen, ketoprofen, flurbirofin, or oxaprozin), TNF inhibitors such as etanercept or infliximab, IL-1 receptor antagonists, cytotoxic or immunosuppressive drugs such as methotrexate, leflunomide, azathiorpine, or cyclosporine, a gold compound, hydroxychloroquine or sulfasalazine, penicillamine, darbufelone, and p38 kinase inhibitors, sodium cromoglycate, nedocromil sodium, PDE4 inhibitors, leukotriene antagonists, iNOS inhibitors, tryptase and elastase inhibitors, beta-2 integrin antagonists, adenosine 2a agonists; antiinfective agents such as antibiotics, antivirals; anticholinergic compounds, such as ipratropium (e.g., as the bromide), tiotropium (e.g., as the bromide), glycopyrronium (e.g., as the bromide), atropine, and oxitropium, or salts or other forms of any of the foregoing.
Additional active agents suitable for use in combination with one or more compounds of the invention include those useful for addressing one or more side effects associated with the use of steroids. Non-limiting examples include one or more inhibitors of osteociast-mediated bone resportion. Suitable osteoclast- mediated bone resportion inhibitors include bisphosphonates (also called diphosphonates), such as Pamidronate (APD, Aredia®), Risedronate (Actonel®), Neridronate, Olpadronate, Alendronate (Fosamax®), lbandronate (Boniva®), Risedronate (Actonel®), and Zoledronate (Zometa®). Additional active agents suitable for use in combination with one or more compounds of the invention are described in WO03/035668, which are incorporated herein by reference.
Additional active agents suitable for use in combination with one or more compounds of the invention include chemokine receptor antagonists. Non- limiting examples of suitable chemokine receptor antagonists include CXCR1 and/or and CXCR2 antagonists. Non-limiting examples include SCH527123. See, e.g., Chapman, et al., "A novel, orally active CXCR1/2 receptor antagonist, SCH 527123, inhibits neutrophil recruitment, mucus production and goblet cell hyperplasia in animal models of pulmonary inflammation", jpet.106.119040v1 , May 11 , 2007.
The combinations referred to herein may conveniently be presented for use in the form of a pharmaceutical formulation and thus pharmaceutical formulations comprising a combination as defined above together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier represent additional embodiments of the present invention. Appropriate doses of known therapeutic agents will be readily appreciated by those skilled in the art.
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that changes could be made to the embodiments described above without departing from the broad inventive concept thereof. It is understood, therefore, that this invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but it is intended to cover modifications that are within the spirit and scope of the invention, as defined by the appended claims.

Claims

WE CLAIM:
1. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000231_0001
wherein: ring A is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring containing from 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein each said ring heteroatom is independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S; the dotted line at z represents an optional single or double bond;
L is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000231_0002
and
Figure imgf000231_0003
, wherein G is N or CH and n is an integer from O to 2, with the proviso that when n is O, G is CH, or, alternatively, -L- is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of -CH2S-, -S-, -CH2-, -OCH2-, -CH2O-, -SCH2-, -CH2-S-CH2-C(O)-NH-, -CH2-OC(O)-NH-, -CH2S(O)-, -CH2S(O)2-, -NR11-, -N(R11)-C(0)-, -N(R11)-S(0)-, -N(R11)-S(0)2-, -NR11O-, -CH2N(R11)-, -CH2-N(R11)-C(O)-, -CH2-N(R11)-C(O)-N(R11)-, -CH2-N(R11J-C(O)O-, -CH2N(R11)C(=NH)NR11-, -CH2-N(R11J-S(O)-, and -CH2-N(R11)-S(O)2-,
R1 is selected from the group consisting of -CN, alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl-, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl-, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl-, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenyl-, and heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R1 and each said heterofused containing moiety of R1 independently contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S,
wherein each said R1 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy-, hydroxyalkyl-, heteroalkyl, cyanoalkyl-, alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted -O-aryl, optionally substituted -O-alkyl-aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted arylalkyl-, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl-, optionally substituted -O-heterocycloalkyl, -N(R7)2, -alkylN(R7)2> -NC(O)R7, -C(O)R7, -CO2R7, -SO2R7, and -SO2N(R7)2, wherein said optional substituents are present from 1 to 4 times and may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -CN, and -N(R11)2;
and wherein the benzo portion of each said benzofused R1 group is optionally further fused to another ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkenyl,
and wherein the alkyl- portion of said arylalkyl-, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, and heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenylalkyl- of R1 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, and spirocycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of -OR8;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, and alkyl; or R2 and R3 are taken together to form a moiety of formula 2:
Figure imgf000233_0001
wherein X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl of X and Y is optionally independently unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -N(R7)2, and -CN,
or X and Y of formula 2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a 3 to 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -N(R7)2 and -CN,
or R2 and R3 taken together form a moiety of formula 3:
Figure imgf000234_0001
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, and alkyl; R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, and alkyl R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-CN, -alkyl-OH, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, -O-heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl-, naphthyl, naphthylalkyl-, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroarylfused arylalkyl-, cycloalkylfused aryl, cycloalkylfused arylalkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl-, benzofused heteroaryl, benzofused heteroarylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heteroaryl, heteroarylfused heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl-, cycloalkenylalkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkyl, benzofused heterocycloalkenyl, benzofused heterocycloalkylalkyl-, benzofused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenyl, and heteroarylfused heterocycloalkenylalkyl-, wherein each said hetero ring-containing moiety of R6 contains 1 , 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of any combination of N, O, and S, and wherein each said R6 (when other than H) is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and -N(R7); each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, or, two groups R7 attached to the same nitrogen atom form a 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group; R8 selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aikyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, -C(O)R9, and -C(O)NHR9; each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -N(R7), and -CN; each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; and each R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
2. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (II-A):
Figure imgf000235_0001
3. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (II-A1):
Figure imgf000236_0001
4. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (II-A2):
Figure imgf000236_0002
5. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (II-A2.1):
Figure imgf000237_0001
wherein:
R100 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl-, and heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, wherein each said R100 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, -CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl and heteroaryi.
6. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (II-A2.2):
Figure imgf000237_0002
wherein:
R ,100 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl-, and heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, wherein each said R100 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl and heteroaryl; and one of R21 and R22 is hydrogen and the other is selected from the group consisting of C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, fluorine, and hydroxyl.
7. A compound of Claim 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, wherein one of R21 and R22 is hydrogen and the other is selected from the group consisting of methyl and -CF3.
8. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (II-A2.3):
Figure imgf000238_0001
wherein:
R100 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroarylfused aryl, heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl-, and heteroarylfused heteroaryl-, wherein each said R100 group is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, -O-aryl and heteroaryl.
9. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (II-A3):
Figure imgf000239_0001
10. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (II-A4):
Figure imgf000239_0002
wherein: n is 0 or 1.
1 1. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (II-B):
Figure imgf000240_0001
12. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (M-C):
Figure imgf000240_0002
13. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (III):
Figure imgf000240_0003
(III).
14. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000241_0001
15. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (V):
Figure imgf000241_0002
wherein: R12 and R13 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are shown attached to form a 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, a 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkyl- ring, or a 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkenyl- ring, wherein each said 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, 3- to 7- membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkyl ring, and said 3- to 7- membered benzofused heterocycloalkenyl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents, which may be the same or different, independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, haloalkyl, -alkyl-CN, alkoxy, aryl, halo- substituted aryl, -O-aryl, -O-alkyl-aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl-, arylalkoxy, haloalkoxy, -N(R7)2, -alkylN(R7)2, -NC(O)R7, -CO2R7, -SO2R7, and -SO2N(R7)2.
16. A compound of Claim 15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, wherein -NR11R12 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000242_0001
17. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound having a general structure shown in Formula (Vl):
Figure imgf000243_0001
wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, wherein said cycloalkyl and said heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 groups, which may be the same or different, each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, -CN, oxo, oxide, alkyl, haloalkyl, -alkyl-CN, alkoxy, spirocycloalkyl, aryl, halo-substituted aryl, -O-aryl, -O-alkyl-aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl-, arylalkoxy, haloalkoxy, -N(FT)2, -alkylN(R7)2) -NC(O)R7, -CO2R7, -SO2R7, and -SO2N(R7)2.
18. A compound of Claim 17, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate,
ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, wherein the ΛΛΓ portion of
Figure imgf000243_0002
19. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, having the general structure of Formula (M-A):
Figure imgf000244_0001
and include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, prodrugs, or isomers thereof, wherein:
-L- is a divalent moiety selected from the group consisting of -CH2S-, -S-, -CH2-, -OCH2-, -CH2O-, -SCH2-, and-NR11-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000244_0002
Figure imgf000245_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of -OH and
Figure imgf000245_0002
Figure imgf000245_0003
Figure imgf000246_0001
, wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said moiety is unsubstituted or substituted with from 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, -N(R7)2, and CN;
R3 is H;
R4 is H;
R5 is H; and
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -((C1-C4) straight or
branched alkyl)-CN, -((C1-C4) straight or branched alkyl)-OH,
Figure imgf000246_0002
Figure imgf000246_0003
and each R7 and each R11 is as defined in Formula (I).
20. A compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, or isomer thereof, said compound being selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000246_0004

Figure imgf000247_0001

Figure imgf000248_0001

Figure imgf000249_0001

Figure imgf000250_0001

Figure imgf000251_0001
250
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Figure imgf000254_0001
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000256_0001
Figure imgf000257_0001

Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Figure imgf000260_0001
Figure imgf000261_0001
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
Figure imgf000267_0001
Figure imgf000268_0001

Figure imgf000269_0001

Figure imgf000270_0001

Figure imgf000271_0001
270
Figure imgf000272_0001
Figure imgf000273_0001
Figure imgf000274_0001
Figure imgf000275_0001
IJ74
Figure imgf000276_0001
Figure imgf000277_0001
Figure imgf000278_0001
Figure imgf000279_0001
Figure imgf000280_0001

Figure imgf000281_0001
Figure imgf000282_0001
Figure imgf000283_0001
Figure imgf000284_0001
IJ83
Figure imgf000285_0001
IJ84
Figure imgf000286_0001
IJ85
Figure imgf000287_0001
IJ86
Figure imgf000288_0001
IJ87
Figure imgf000289_0001
IJ88
Figure imgf000290_0001

Figure imgf000291_0001
290
Figure imgf000292_0001
291
Figure imgf000293_0001
292
Figure imgf000294_0001
IJ93
Figure imgf000295_0001
IJ94
Figure imgf000296_0001
Figure imgf000297_0001
21. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof, optionally in admixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluents or carriers.
22. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof, and a propellant, optionally in combination with a surfactant or cosolvent.
23. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 -20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof, and a propellant, formulated for topical use.
24. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 56, formulated for dermatological use.
25. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 -20, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof, and a propellant, formulated for inhalation.
26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of 1 -20, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof, and a propellant, formulated for injection.
27. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of 1 -20, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof, and a propellant, formulated for oral use.
28. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 27, which further comprises at least one additional therapeutically active agent.
29. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 28, wherein said at least one additional therapeutically active agent is selected from a beta2 adrenoreceptor agonist, an antihistamine H1 receptor antagonist, an antihistamine H2 receptor antagonist, an antihistamine H3 receptor antagonist, an anti-allergic agent, an anticholinergic agent, an expectorant, a decongestant, an antibiotic, a P2Y2 receptor agonist, a leukotriene4 antagonist, leukotriene D4 antagonist, a pharmaceutically acceptable zinc salt, an SYK kinase analog, a 5- lipoxygenase inhibitor, an oropharyngeal discomfort relieving agent, a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory, a TNF inhibitor, an IL-1 receptor antagonist, a cytotoxic or immunosuppressive drug, a p38 kinase inhibitor, a PDE4 inhibitor, an iNOS inhibitor, a beta-2 integrin antagonist, an adenosine 2a agonist, an antiinfactive agent, an antiviral agent, a chemokine receptor antagonist, and an inhibitor of osteoclast-mediated bone resportion inhibitor.
30. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an immune, autoimmune, or inflammatory disease or condition in a patient in need thereof comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-20.
31. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a skin disease or conditions in a patient in need thereof comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of any one claims 1 -20.
32. A method of claim 31 , wherein said skin disease or condition is selected from eczema, posriasis, allergic dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, neurodermatitis, pruritis, and hypersensitivity reactions.
33. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an inflammatory condition of the nose, throat, or lungs in a patient in need thereof comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 -20.
34. A method of claim 33, wherein said condition is selected from asthma, allergen-induced asthmatic reactions, rhinitis, hayfever, allergic rhinitis, rhinosinusitis, sinusitis, nasal polyps, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, interstitial lung disease, and fibrosis.
35. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of inflammatory bowel conditions in a patient in need thereof comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-20.
36. A method of claim 35, wherein said condition is selected from ulcerative colitis and Chron's disease.
37. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an autoimmune disease in a patient in need thereof comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 -20.
38. A method of claim 37, wherein said condition is rheumatoid arthritis.
39. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of multiple sclerosis comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-20.
40. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of diseases and conditions of the eye, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-20.
41. A method of claim 40, wherein said disease or conditions are selected allergic and nonallergic conjunctivitis.
PCT/US2010/038619 2009-06-16 2010-06-15 NOVEL [3,2-c] HETEROARYL STEROIDS AS GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR AGONISTS, COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF WO2010147947A2 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2010260177A AU2010260177A1 (en) 2009-06-16 2010-06-15 Novel [3,2-c] heteroaryl steroids as glucocorticoid receptor agonists, compositions and uses thereof
MX2011013679A MX2011013679A (en) 2009-06-16 2010-06-15 NOVEL [3,2-c] HETEROARYL STEROIDS AS GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR AGONISTS, COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF.
JP2012516192A JP2012530140A (en) 2009-06-16 2010-06-15 Novel [3,2-c] heteroaryl steroids, compositions and uses thereof as glucocorticoid receptor agonists
EP10727310A EP2443134A2 (en) 2009-06-16 2010-06-15 NOVEL [3,2-c]HETEROARYL STEROIDS AS GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR AGONISTS, COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF
CA2764830A CA2764830A1 (en) 2009-06-16 2010-06-15 Novel [3,2-c] heteroaryl steroids as glucocorticoid receptor agonists, compositions and uses thereof
CN2010800266753A CN102834406A (en) 2009-06-16 2010-06-15 Novel [3.2-c] heteroaryl steroids as glucocorticoid receptor agonists, compositions and uses thereof
US13/378,893 US20120171126A1 (en) 2009-06-16 2010-06-15 NOVEL [3,2-c] HETEROARYL STEROIDS AS GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR AGONISTS COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US18752109P 2009-06-16 2009-06-16
US61/187,521 2009-06-16

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010147947A2 true WO2010147947A2 (en) 2010-12-23
WO2010147947A3 WO2010147947A3 (en) 2011-03-03

Family

ID=43064540

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/038619 WO2010147947A2 (en) 2009-06-16 2010-06-15 NOVEL [3,2-c] HETEROARYL STEROIDS AS GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR AGONISTS, COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (1) US20120171126A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2443134A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2012530140A (en)
CN (1) CN102834406A (en)
AR (1) AR077101A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2010260177A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2764830A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2011013679A (en)
TW (1) TW201111392A (en)
WO (1) WO2010147947A2 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3049089A1 (en) * 2013-09-25 2016-08-03 Van Andel Research Institute Highly potent glucocorticoids
US20190263853A1 (en) * 2016-10-14 2019-08-29 Van Andel Research Institute Structures and mechanism for the design of highly potent glucocorticoids

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019180150A1 (en) 2018-03-22 2019-09-26 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Methods for modulating innate lymphoid cell activity, antibody drug conjugates and uses in therapy

Citations (49)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BE633906A (en) 1962-06-20
US3067193A (en) 1961-12-01 1962-12-04 Merck & Co Inc 4-pregneno-[3, 2-c] pyrazoles and processes of preparing them
US3223701A (en) 1963-06-28 1965-12-14 Merck & Co Inc Steroido-[3,2-c] pyrazoles and preparation thereof
US3536712A (en) 1966-09-22 1970-10-27 Boehringer Sohn Ingelheim 1-(amino-dihalo-phenyl)-2-amino-ethanes and -ethanols and salts thereof
US3598816A (en) 1966-10-13 1971-08-10 Hoechst Ag Tetrahydropyranylethers of steroids and process for their manufacture
US3687942A (en) 1969-12-24 1972-08-29 Ciba Geigy Corp 21-mercapto-steroids of the pregnane series
US3989686A (en) 1972-06-15 1976-11-02 Glaxo Laboratories Limited Anaesthetic steroids of the androstane series and process for preparing same
GB2018256A (en) 1978-04-05 1979-10-17 Syntex Inc Thio atianic acid derivatives
EP0004773A2 (en) 1978-04-05 1979-10-17 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. 17-Beta-thiocarboxylic acid esters of 4-halo-3-oxoandrost-4-enes, their pharmaceutical use and processes for their preparation
US4263289A (en) 1978-04-05 1981-04-21 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Thio etianic acid derivatives
GB2064336A (en) 1979-12-06 1981-06-17 Glaxo Group Ltd Device for dispensing medicaments
US4282233A (en) 1980-06-19 1981-08-04 Schering Corporation Antihistaminic 11-(4-piperidylidene)-5H-benzo-[5,6]-cyclohepta-[1,2-b]-pyridines
EP0069715A1 (en) 1981-07-08 1983-01-12 Aktiebolaget Draco Powder inhalator
US4390732A (en) 1981-02-25 1983-06-28 Degussa Ag Process for the production of guaiacol glycerine ether
GB2129691A (en) 1982-10-08 1984-05-23 Glaxo Group Ltd Devices for administering medicaments to patients
EP0173516A2 (en) 1984-08-20 1986-03-05 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (Fused)benz(thio)amides
GB2169265A (en) 1982-10-08 1986-07-09 Glaxo Group Ltd Pack for medicament
EP0199543A2 (en) 1985-04-17 1986-10-29 Ici Americas Inc. Heterocyclic amide derivatives
GB2178965A (en) 1985-07-30 1987-02-25 Glaxo Group Ltd Devices for administering medicaments to patients
US4659716A (en) 1984-02-15 1987-04-21 Schering Corporation Antihistaminic 8-(halo)-substituted 6,11-dihydro-11-(4-piperidylidene)-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1,2-b]pyridines
US4861765A (en) 1985-06-26 1989-08-29 Jouveinal 21-alkyl-, cycloalkyl- or aryl-substituted thio steroids and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US4861767A (en) 1982-10-22 1989-08-29 National Research Corporation Pharmaceutical compositions
GB2242134A (en) 1990-03-02 1991-09-25 Glaxo Group Ltd Inhalation device
EP0480717A1 (en) 1990-10-12 1992-04-15 Merck Frosst Canada Inc. Unsaturated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists
US5270324A (en) 1992-04-10 1993-12-14 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Fluorinated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists
US5296495A (en) 1991-08-16 1994-03-22 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Thiazolylbenzofuran derivatives and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
WO1994021229A1 (en) 1993-03-17 1994-09-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Aerosol formulation containing an ester-, amide-, or mercaptoester-derived dispersing aid
US5352707A (en) 1992-03-26 1994-10-04 Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institution, Inc. Method for treating airway congestion
US5420120A (en) 1993-12-17 1995-05-30 Alcon Laboratories, Inc. Anti-inflammatory glucocorticoid compounds for topical ophthalmic use
WO1995018621A1 (en) 1994-01-04 1995-07-13 Duke University Methods of inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth, and treating ophthalmologic conditions with angiostatic and therapeutic steroids
US5472964A (en) 1992-12-22 1995-12-05 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Diaryl 5,6-fused heterocyclic acids as leukotriene antagonists
WO1996020708A1 (en) 1994-12-30 1996-07-11 Sepracor, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating allergic rhinitis and other disorders using descarboethoxyloratadine
JPH08325265A (en) 1995-05-29 1996-12-10 Fujisawa Pharmaceut Co Ltd Production of thiazolylbenzofuran derivative, and compound used for the production
WO1997023565A1 (en) 1995-12-22 1997-07-03 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Polyamide or polyester compositions
US5645404A (en) 1994-12-29 1997-07-08 Z Industry, Inc. Personal fluid dispensing device
WO1997024368A1 (en) 1995-12-29 1997-07-10 Glaxo Group Limited 17beta-(2-oxo-tetrahydrofuran-4-yl)-thio-androstane derivatives (17beta-(gamma-butyric acid lactone)-thio derivatives) for the treatment of inflammation and pharmaceutical compositions and a process for the production thereof
WO1997024367A1 (en) 1995-12-29 1997-07-10 Glaxo Group Limited 21-(2-oxo-tetrahydrofuran)-thio pregnane derivatives, a process for their production and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO1997028797A1 (en) 1996-02-08 1997-08-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treatment and pharmaceutical composion
US5869479A (en) 1997-08-14 1999-02-09 Schering Corporation Treatment of upper airway allergic responses
WO1999041256A1 (en) 1998-02-13 1999-08-19 Abbott Laboratories Glucocorticoid-selective anti-inflammatory agents
WO2000064882A2 (en) 1999-04-23 2000-11-02 Glaxo Group Limited Enantiomers of mercapto lactones and processes for their synthesis
US6432972B2 (en) 2000-02-03 2002-08-13 Schering Corporation Treating allergic and inflammatory conditions
WO2002066422A1 (en) 2001-02-14 2002-08-29 Glaxo Group Limited Phenethanolamine derivatives for treatment of respiratory diseases
CN1414008A (en) 2002-10-17 2003-04-30 南开大学 Steroid compound containing nitrogen and its preparation method
WO2003035668A2 (en) 2001-10-20 2003-05-01 Glaxo Group Limited Novel anti-inflammatory androstane derivatives -17-carboxy-lactone substituted steroids with an aryl-carboxylic ester in position 17.alpha
US6720328B2 (en) 2000-10-17 2004-04-13 Schering Corporation Non-imidazole compounds
US20040097483A1 (en) 2002-04-18 2004-05-20 Qingbei Zeng Benzimidazole derivatives useful as histamine H3 antagonists
WO2006043015A1 (en) 2004-10-19 2006-04-27 Hovione Inter Ltd. Process for the esterification of a carbothioic acid
WO2009044200A1 (en) 2007-10-04 2009-04-09 Astrazeneca Ab Steroidal [3, 2-c] pyrazole compounds, with glucocorticoid activity

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2727367A1 (en) * 1977-06-14 1979-01-04 Schering Ag NEW CORTICOIDS
US6096728A (en) * 1996-02-09 2000-08-01 Amgen Inc. Composition and method for treating inflammatory diseases
EP1049471A1 (en) * 1999-03-01 2000-11-08 Schering Corporation Compositions and methods for treating atopic dermatitis, angioedema and other disorders using antihistamines and glucocorticoids
US20060194759A1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2006-08-31 Eidelson Stewart G Topical compositions and methods for treating pain and inflammation
AU2006259604A1 (en) * 2005-06-14 2006-12-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Substituted phenylphosphates as mutual prodrugs of steroids and beta -agonists for the treatment of pulmonary inflammation and bronchoconstriction

Patent Citations (52)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3067193A (en) 1961-12-01 1962-12-04 Merck & Co Inc 4-pregneno-[3, 2-c] pyrazoles and processes of preparing them
BE633906A (en) 1962-06-20
US3148183A (en) 1962-06-20 1964-09-08 Merck & Co Inc Delta4 and delta4, 6-17alpha-acyloxy-20-oxo-steroid-[3, 2-c] pyrazoles of the pregnane series
GB1044304A (en) 1962-06-20 1966-09-28 Merck & Co Inc Pregneno- and pregnadieno-[3,2-c]pyrazoles
US3223701A (en) 1963-06-28 1965-12-14 Merck & Co Inc Steroido-[3,2-c] pyrazoles and preparation thereof
US3536712A (en) 1966-09-22 1970-10-27 Boehringer Sohn Ingelheim 1-(amino-dihalo-phenyl)-2-amino-ethanes and -ethanols and salts thereof
US3598816A (en) 1966-10-13 1971-08-10 Hoechst Ag Tetrahydropyranylethers of steroids and process for their manufacture
US3687942A (en) 1969-12-24 1972-08-29 Ciba Geigy Corp 21-mercapto-steroids of the pregnane series
US3989686A (en) 1972-06-15 1976-11-02 Glaxo Laboratories Limited Anaesthetic steroids of the androstane series and process for preparing same
GB2018256A (en) 1978-04-05 1979-10-17 Syntex Inc Thio atianic acid derivatives
EP0004773A2 (en) 1978-04-05 1979-10-17 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. 17-Beta-thiocarboxylic acid esters of 4-halo-3-oxoandrost-4-enes, their pharmaceutical use and processes for their preparation
US4263289A (en) 1978-04-05 1981-04-21 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Thio etianic acid derivatives
GB2064336A (en) 1979-12-06 1981-06-17 Glaxo Group Ltd Device for dispensing medicaments
US4282233A (en) 1980-06-19 1981-08-04 Schering Corporation Antihistaminic 11-(4-piperidylidene)-5H-benzo-[5,6]-cyclohepta-[1,2-b]-pyridines
US4282233B1 (en) 1980-06-19 2000-09-05 Schering Corp Antihistaminic 11-(4-piperidylidene)-5h-benzoÄ5,6Ü-cyclohepta-Ä1,2Ü-pyridines
US4390732A (en) 1981-02-25 1983-06-28 Degussa Ag Process for the production of guaiacol glycerine ether
EP0069715A1 (en) 1981-07-08 1983-01-12 Aktiebolaget Draco Powder inhalator
GB2129691A (en) 1982-10-08 1984-05-23 Glaxo Group Ltd Devices for administering medicaments to patients
GB2169265A (en) 1982-10-08 1986-07-09 Glaxo Group Ltd Pack for medicament
US4861767A (en) 1982-10-22 1989-08-29 National Research Corporation Pharmaceutical compositions
US4659716A (en) 1984-02-15 1987-04-21 Schering Corporation Antihistaminic 8-(halo)-substituted 6,11-dihydro-11-(4-piperidylidene)-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1,2-b]pyridines
EP0173516A2 (en) 1984-08-20 1986-03-05 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (Fused)benz(thio)amides
EP0199543A2 (en) 1985-04-17 1986-10-29 Ici Americas Inc. Heterocyclic amide derivatives
US4861765A (en) 1985-06-26 1989-08-29 Jouveinal 21-alkyl-, cycloalkyl- or aryl-substituted thio steroids and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
GB2178965A (en) 1985-07-30 1987-02-25 Glaxo Group Ltd Devices for administering medicaments to patients
GB2242134A (en) 1990-03-02 1991-09-25 Glaxo Group Ltd Inhalation device
EP0480717A1 (en) 1990-10-12 1992-04-15 Merck Frosst Canada Inc. Unsaturated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists
US5296495A (en) 1991-08-16 1994-03-22 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Thiazolylbenzofuran derivatives and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
US5352707A (en) 1992-03-26 1994-10-04 Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institution, Inc. Method for treating airway congestion
US5270324A (en) 1992-04-10 1993-12-14 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Fluorinated hydroxyalkylquinoline acids as leukotriene antagonists
US5472964A (en) 1992-12-22 1995-12-05 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Diaryl 5,6-fused heterocyclic acids as leukotriene antagonists
WO1994021229A1 (en) 1993-03-17 1994-09-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Aerosol formulation containing an ester-, amide-, or mercaptoester-derived dispersing aid
US5420120A (en) 1993-12-17 1995-05-30 Alcon Laboratories, Inc. Anti-inflammatory glucocorticoid compounds for topical ophthalmic use
WO1995018621A1 (en) 1994-01-04 1995-07-13 Duke University Methods of inhibiting angiogenesis and tumor growth, and treating ophthalmologic conditions with angiostatic and therapeutic steroids
US5645404A (en) 1994-12-29 1997-07-08 Z Industry, Inc. Personal fluid dispensing device
WO1996020708A1 (en) 1994-12-30 1996-07-11 Sepracor, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating allergic rhinitis and other disorders using descarboethoxyloratadine
JPH08325265A (en) 1995-05-29 1996-12-10 Fujisawa Pharmaceut Co Ltd Production of thiazolylbenzofuran derivative, and compound used for the production
WO1997023565A1 (en) 1995-12-22 1997-07-03 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Polyamide or polyester compositions
WO1997024368A1 (en) 1995-12-29 1997-07-10 Glaxo Group Limited 17beta-(2-oxo-tetrahydrofuran-4-yl)-thio-androstane derivatives (17beta-(gamma-butyric acid lactone)-thio derivatives) for the treatment of inflammation and pharmaceutical compositions and a process for the production thereof
WO1997024367A1 (en) 1995-12-29 1997-07-10 Glaxo Group Limited 21-(2-oxo-tetrahydrofuran)-thio pregnane derivatives, a process for their production and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO1997028797A1 (en) 1996-02-08 1997-08-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treatment and pharmaceutical composion
US5869479A (en) 1997-08-14 1999-02-09 Schering Corporation Treatment of upper airway allergic responses
WO1999041256A1 (en) 1998-02-13 1999-08-19 Abbott Laboratories Glucocorticoid-selective anti-inflammatory agents
WO2000064882A2 (en) 1999-04-23 2000-11-02 Glaxo Group Limited Enantiomers of mercapto lactones and processes for their synthesis
US6432972B2 (en) 2000-02-03 2002-08-13 Schering Corporation Treating allergic and inflammatory conditions
US6720328B2 (en) 2000-10-17 2004-04-13 Schering Corporation Non-imidazole compounds
WO2002066422A1 (en) 2001-02-14 2002-08-29 Glaxo Group Limited Phenethanolamine derivatives for treatment of respiratory diseases
WO2003035668A2 (en) 2001-10-20 2003-05-01 Glaxo Group Limited Novel anti-inflammatory androstane derivatives -17-carboxy-lactone substituted steroids with an aryl-carboxylic ester in position 17.alpha
US20040097483A1 (en) 2002-04-18 2004-05-20 Qingbei Zeng Benzimidazole derivatives useful as histamine H3 antagonists
CN1414008A (en) 2002-10-17 2003-04-30 南开大学 Steroid compound containing nitrogen and its preparation method
WO2006043015A1 (en) 2004-10-19 2006-04-27 Hovione Inter Ltd. Process for the esterification of a carbothioic acid
WO2009044200A1 (en) 2007-10-04 2009-04-09 Astrazeneca Ab Steroidal [3, 2-c] pyrazole compounds, with glucocorticoid activity

Non-Patent Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
A. L. BINGHAM ET AL., CHEM. COMMUN., 2001, pages 603 - 604
ALI, AMJAD ET AL.: "Novel N-Aryl pyrazolo [3,2-c]-Based Ligands for the Glucocorticoid Receptor: Receptor Binding and In vivo Activity", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 47, 20 November 2003 (2003-11-20), pages 2441 - 2452
BARNES, P: "Corticosteroids: The drugs to beat", EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 533, 2006, pages 2 - 14
CHAPMAN ET AL., A NOVEL, ORALLY ACTIVE CXCR1/2 RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST, SCH 527123, INHIBITS NEUTROPHIL RECRUITMENT, MUCUS PRODUCTION AND GOBLET CELL HYPERPLASIA IN ANIMAL MODELS OF PULMONARY INFLAMMATION, 11 May 2007 (2007-05-11)
CLINTON ET AL.: "Steroidal [3,2- cJPyrazoles", STERLING-WINTHROP RESEARCH INSTITUTE, 10 February 1959 (1959-02-10)
E. C. VAN TONDER ET AL., AAPS PHARMSCITECH., 2004
M. CAIRA ET AL., J. PHARMACEUTICAL SCI., vol. 93, no. 3, 2004, pages 601 - 611
P. GOULD, INTERNATIONAL J. OF PHARMACEUTICS, vol. 33, 1986, pages 201 - 217
QUERCIA ET AL., HOSP. FORMUL., vol. 28, 1993, pages 137 - 53
S. BERGE ET AL., JOURNAL OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, vol. 66, no. 1, 1977, pages 1 - 19
S. WU ET AL., ANN. CHIM. ACTA, vol. 268, 1992, pages 255 - 260
S.L. STEELMAN: "16-Methylated Steroids. IV. 6,16alpha-Dimethyl-delta-hydrocortsone and related compounds", MERCK INSTITUTE FOR THERAPEUTIC RESEARCH, 30 November 1962 (1962-11-30)
STEELMAN ET AL.: "Synthesis and structure of steroidal 4-pregneno[3,2-c] pyrazoles", A NOVEL CLASS OF POTENT ANTI-INFLAMMATORY STEROIDS
WEST ET AL.: "Identification of Two H3 -Histamine Receptor Subtypes", MOLECULAR PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 38, 1990, pages 610 - 613

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3049089A1 (en) * 2013-09-25 2016-08-03 Van Andel Research Institute Highly potent glucocorticoids
US20160251393A1 (en) * 2013-09-25 2016-09-01 Van Andel Research Institute Highly Potent Glucocorticoids
EP3049089A4 (en) * 2013-09-25 2017-08-09 Van Andel Research Institute Highly potent glucocorticoids
US9975918B2 (en) 2013-09-25 2018-05-22 Van Andel Research Institute Highly potent glucocorticoids
US20190263853A1 (en) * 2016-10-14 2019-08-29 Van Andel Research Institute Structures and mechanism for the design of highly potent glucocorticoids
US10954265B2 (en) 2016-10-14 2021-03-23 Van Andel Research Institute Structures and mechanism for the design of highly potent glucocorticoids

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102834406A (en) 2012-12-19
WO2010147947A3 (en) 2011-03-03
EP2443134A2 (en) 2012-04-25
MX2011013679A (en) 2012-01-20
US20120171126A1 (en) 2012-07-05
JP2012530140A (en) 2012-11-29
CA2764830A1 (en) 2010-12-23
AU2010260177A1 (en) 2011-12-15
TW201111392A (en) 2011-04-01
AR077101A1 (en) 2011-08-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8524697B2 (en) C20-C21 substituted glucocorticoid receptor agonists
US20110262368A1 (en) C21 thioethers as glucocorticoid receptor agonists
US7732432B2 (en) 17-carbamoyloxy cortisol derivatives as selective glucocorticoid receptor modulators
AU2006259604A1 (en) Substituted phenylphosphates as mutual prodrugs of steroids and beta -agonists for the treatment of pulmonary inflammation and bronchoconstriction
EP3514147B1 (en) Steroidal compounds with potent androgen receptor down-regulation and anti prostate cancer activity
MXPA03001097A (en) DERIVED FROM 17.BETA.-CARBOTIOATO 17.ALFA.-ARILCARBONILOXILOXI ANDROSTANO AS INFLAMMATORY AGENTS.
US20090318396A1 (en) Corticosteroid linked beta-agonist compounds for use in therapy
JP2000501732A (en) Novel steroid nitrite / nitrate ester derivatives useful as anti-inflammatory agents
JPH08508278A (en) New prednisolone derivative
WO2010126953A1 (en) Corticosteroid linked beta-agonist compounds for use in therapy
WO2011081937A1 (en) Corticosteroid-beta-agonist-muscarinic antagonist compounds for use in therapy
EP2443134A2 (en) NOVEL [3,2-c]HETEROARYL STEROIDS AS GLUCOCORTICOID RECEPTOR AGONISTS, COMPOSITIONS AND USES THEREOF
EP3004133B1 (en) Methods for treatment of inflammatory conditions using s-[4-(3-fluoro-3-methylbutyryloxy) but-2-ynyl]6alpha, 9alpha-difluoro-17alpha-(furan-2-yl) carbonyloxy-11beta -hydroxy-16alpha-methyl-3-oxoandrosta-1,4-diene-17beta -carbothioate.
JP2947945B2 (en) 21- (2-Oxotetrahydrofuran) thiopregnane Derivatives, Methods for Producing Them, and Pharmaceutical Compositions Containing Them

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080026675.3

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10727310

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010260177

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2764830

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012516192

Country of ref document: JP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010260177

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20100615

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2011/013679

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 9941/DELNP/2011

Country of ref document: IN

Ref document number: 2010727310

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13378893

Country of ref document: US